Apple E2407 802.11 bgn + BT 2.1 (EDR) User Manual A1367 User Guide
Apple Inc. 802.11 bgn + BT 2.1 (EDR) A1367 User Guide
Apple >
Contents
- 1. Regulatory section of user manual
- 2. Full user manual
Full user manual
| Download: |  |
| Mirror Download [FCC.gov] | |
| Document ID | 1336214 |
| Application ID | 2KRVHx8WG9q7PSRLYuOxxg== |
| Document Description | Full user manual |
| Short Term Confidential | No |
| Permanent Confidential | No |
| Supercede | No |
| Document Type | User Manual |
| Display Format | Adobe Acrobat PDF - pdf |
| Filesize | 340.49kB (4256105 bits) |
| Date Submitted | 2010-09-01 00:00:00 |
| Date Available | 2010-09-01 00:00:00 |
| Creation Date | 2010-08-31 16:10:25 |
| Producing Software | Acrobat Distiller 5.0.5 (Windows) |
| Document Lastmod | 2010-08-31 16:10:25 |
| Document Title | A1367 User Guide.pdf |
| Document Creator | PScript5.dll Version 5.2.2 |
| Document Author: | choque |
iPod touch User Guide For iOS 4.1 Software Contents 11 13 16 Chapter 1: iPod touch at a Glance 17 17 17 18 18 19 19 Chapter 2: Getting Started 23 23 27 30 38 39 40 41 42 44 44 Chapter 3: Basics 45 45 45 46 47 50 51 51 Chapter 4: Syncing and File Sharing iPod touch Overview Buttons iPod touch Apps Status Icons Viewing the User Guide on iPod touch What You Need Setting Up iPod touch Disconnecting iPod touch from Your Computer Connecting to the Internet Adding Mail, Contacts, and Calendar Accounts Using Apps Customizing the Home Screen Typing Searching Voice Control Bluetooth Devices Battery Security Features Cleaning iPod touch Restarting and Resetting iPod touch About Syncing Syncing Accounts Syncing with iTunes iPod touch Settings Panes in iTunes Automatic iTunes Syncing Manually Managing Content Transferring Purchased Content to Another Computer 52 File Sharing 53 53 53 62 65 66 Chapter 5: Music and Videos 67 67 68 69 69 Chapter 6: FaceTime 71 71 72 73 73 74 Chapter 7: Camera 75 75 75 76 77 78 78 80 81 Chapter 8: Photos 82 82 82 84 88 90 Chapter 9: Game Center 91 91 92 94 95 Chapter 10: Mail Getting Music, Videos, and More Music and Other Audio Videos Setting a Sleep Timer Changing the Browse Buttons About FaceTime Signing In Making a Call While Youâre Talking About Camera Taking Photos and Recording Videos Viewing and Sharing Photos and Videos Trimming Videos Uploading Photos and Videos to Your Computer About Photos Syncing Photos and Videos with Your Computer Viewing Photos and Videos Deleting Photos and Videos Slideshows Sharing Photos and Videos Assigning a Photo to a Contact Wallpaper About Game Center Setting Up Game Center Games Friends Your Status and Account Information Setting Up Email Accounts Checking and Reading Email Using Links and Detected Data Viewing Attachments Contents 96 98 99 Sending Email Organizing Email Searching Email 100 100 103 103 104 Chapter 11: Safari 105 105 105 106 107 107 108 110 110 Chapter 12: Calendar 111 111 112 113 113 114 115 Chapter 13: YouTube 116 116 117 Chapter 14: Stocks 118 119 122 124 124 125 125 Chapter 15: Maps Viewing Webpages Searching Bookmarks Web Clips About Calendar Syncing Calendars Viewing Your Calendars Searching Calendars Adding and Updating Events on iPod touch Responding to Meeting Invitations Subscribing to Calendars Alerts Finding and Viewing Videos Controlling Video Playback Managing Videos Getting More Information Using YouTube Account Features Changing the Browse Buttons Viewing Stock Quotes Getting More Information Finding and Viewing Locations Getting Directions 5JQYKPI6TCĂE%QPFKVKQPs Finding and Contacting Businesses Sharing Location Information Bookmarking Locations 126 Chapter 16: Weather 126 Viewing Weather Summaries 127 Getting More Weather Information Contents 128 128 128 129 130 130 Chapter 17: Notes 131 131 131 132 132 Chapter 18: Clock About Notes Syncing Notes Writing and Reading Notes Searching Notes Emailing Notes World Clocks Alarms Stopwatch Timer 133 Chapter 19: Calculator 133 Using the Calculator 133 Standard Memory Functions 134 5EKGPVK°E%CNEWNCVQT-G[s 136 136 137 137 138 139 139 Chapter 20: Voice Memos 140 140 141 142 143 144 145 145 146 146 147 147 Chapter 21: iTunes Store 148 148 149 150 151 Chapter 22: App Store Recording Voice Memos Listening to Voice Memos Managing Voice Memos Trimming Voice Memos Sharing Voice Memos Syncing Voice Memos About the iTunes Store Finding Music, Videos, and More Following Artists and Friends Purchasing Music or Audiobooks Purchasing or Renting Videos Streaming or Downloading Podcasts Checking Download Status Syncing Purchased Content Changing the Browse Buttons Viewing Account Information Verifying Downloads About the App Store Browsing and Searching Info Screen Downloading Apps Contents 152 152 153 153 Deleting Apps Writing Reviews Updating Apps Syncing Purchased Apps 154 154 155 156 156 157 157 157 158 166 166 167 167 168 168 172 173 Chapter 23: Settings 174 174 174 175 176 176 177 Chapter 24: Contacts 179 179 180 180 181 181 182 Chapter 25: Nike + iPod Airplane Mode Wi-Fi VPN 0QVK°ECVKQPs Sounds Brightness Wallpaper General Music Video Photos FaceTime Store Mail, Contacts, Calendars Safari Nike + iPod About Contacts Adding Contacts Searching Contacts Managing Contacts on iPod touch Using Contact Information 7PK°GF%QPVCEVs Activating Nike + iPod Linking a Sensor Working Out with Nike + iPod Sending Workouts to Nikeplus.com Calibrating Nike + iPod Nike + iPod Settings 183 Chapter 26: iBooks 183 About iBooks 184 Syncing Books and PDFs 184 Using the iBookstore Contents 185 186 186 187 187 187 187 188 Reading Books Viewing a PDF Changing a Bookâs Appearance Searching Books .QQMKPIWRVJG&G°PKVKQPQHC9QTd Having a Book Read to You Organizing Your Bookshelf Bookmark and Note Syncing 189 189 190 202 203 203 203 203 203 204 Chapter 27: Accessibility 205 205 205 205 207 209 209 210 211 Appendix A: Support and Other Information 212 Index Universal Access Features VoiceOver Zoom Large Text White on Black Mono Audio Speak Auto-text Triple-click Home Closed Captioning and Other Helpful Features Apple iPod touch Support Site Restarting and Resetting iPod touch Backing Up iPod touch Updating and Restoring iPod touch Software Safety, Software, and Service Information Using iPod touch in an Enterprise Environment Disposal and Recycling Information Apple and the Environment Contents iPod touch at a Glance iPod touch Overview iPod touch 4th generation 6U6MM :SLLW>HRL 4PJYVWOVUL VUIHJR -YVU[ JHTLYH 4HPUJHTLYH VUIHJR =VS\TL I\[[VUZ VUZPKL :[H[\ZIHY (WWSPJH[PVU PJVUZ ;V\JOZJYLLU /VTL I\[[VU +VJR JVUULJ[VY :WLHRLY /LHKWOVULZ WVY[ iPod touch 3rd generation >P-PHU[LUUH 6U6MM :SLLW>HRL :[H[\ZIHY =VS\TL I\[[VUZ (WWSPJH[PVU PJVUZ 0U[LYUHS ZWLHRLY ;V\JOZJYLLU /VTL I\[[VU /LHKWOVULZ WVY[ +VJR JVUULJ[VY ;QWT*QOGUETGGPOC[NQQMFKĂGTGPVFGRGPFKPIQPVJGOQFGNQHK2QF VQWEJ[QWJCXG and whether you have rearranged its icons. Accessories The following accessories are included with iPod touch: (WWSL,HYWOVULZ 10 +VJR*VUULJ[VY[V<:)*HISL Item What you can do with it Apple Earphones Listen to music and videos, FaceTime calls, audiobooks, podcasts, and games. Dock Connector to USB Cable Use the cable to connect iPod touch to your computer to sync and charge, or to the USB power adapter (sold separately) to charge. The cable can be used with the optional dock or plugged directly into iPod touch. Chapter 1 iPod touch at a Glance Buttons #HGYUKORNGDWVVQPUOCMGKVGCU[VQVWTPK2QFVQWEJQPQTQĂCPFCFLWUVVJGXQNWOG 1P1Ă5NGGR9CMG$WVVQP 9JGP[QW¨TGPQVCEVKXGN[WUKPIK2QFVQWEJ[QWECPNQEMKVVQVWTPQĂVJGFKURNC[CPF save the battery. When iPod touch is locked, nothing happens if you touch the screen. You can still NKUVGPVQOWUKECPFYJKNGNKUVGPKPIVQOWUKECFLWUVVJGXQNWOGWUKPIVJGDWVVQPUQP the side of iPod touch. By default, iPod touch locks if you donât touch the screen for a minute. 6U6MM:SLLW >HRLI\[[VU Lock iPod touch 2TGUUVJG1P1Ă5NGGR9CMGDWVVQP Unlock iPod touch Press the Home DWVVQPQTVJG1P1Ă5NGGR Wake button, then drag the slider. 6WTPK2QFVQWEJEQORNGVGN[QĂ 2TGUUCPFJQNFVJG1P1Ă5NGGR9CMGDWVVQPHQT a few seconds until the red slider appears, then drag the slider. Turn iPod touch on 2TGUUCPFJQNFVJG1P1Ă5NGGR9CMGDWVVQP until the Apple logo appears. For information about changing how long before iPod touch locks, see âAuto-Lockâ on page 160. For information about setting iPod touch to require a passcode to unlock it, see âPasscode Lockâ on page 160. Chapter 1 iPod touch at a Glance 11 Home Button Press the Home button at any time to go to the Home screen, which contains your iPod touch apps. Tap any app icon to get started. To see apps youâve recently used, double-click the Home button (iPod touch 3rd generation or later). See âOpening and Switching Appsâ on page 23. Volume Buttons When youâre listening to songs, movies, or other media, the buttons on the side of K2QFVQWEJCFLWUVVJGCWFKQXQNWOG1VJGTYKUGVJGDWVVQPUEQPVTQNVJGXQNWOGHQT CNGTVUCPFQVJGTUQWPFGĂGEVU WARNING: For important information about avoiding hearing loss, see the Important Product Information Guide at www.apple.com/support/manuals/ipodtouch. 6QCFLWUVVJGXQNWOGWUGVJGDWVVQPUQPVJGUKFGQHK2QFVQWEJ =VS\TL \W =VS\TL KV^U To set a volume limit for music and videos on iPod touch, see ââ on page 166. 12 Chapter 1 iPod touch at a Glance iPod touch Apps The following apps are included with iPod touch: Note: App functionality and availability may vary, depending on the country or region where you purchase and use iPod touch. Music Videos FaceTime Camera Photos Game Center Mail Listen to your songs, audiobooks, and podcasts. Create on-the-go playlists, or use Genius to create playlists for you. Listen to Genius Mixes of songs from your library. See Chapter 5, âMusic and Videos,â on page 53. Watch purchased or rented movies and TV shows, music videos, and video podcasts on the go. Or connect iPod touch to your TV to watch on a larger screen (TV connection requires cable available for purchase separately). See Chapter 5, âMusic and Videos,â on page 53. Make video calls to other iPod touch 4th generation or iPhone 4 users over Wi-Fi. Use the front camera to talk face to face, or the main camera to share what you see. See Chapter 6, âFaceTime,â on page 67. Take photos and record videos (iPod touch 4th generation). View them on iPod touch, GOCKNVJGOQTWRNQCFVJGOVQ[QWTEQORWVGT6CRVQUGVVJGGZRQUWTGHQTCURGEK°E QDLGEVQTCTGC6TKOCPFUCXGXKFGQENKRU7RNQCFXKFGQUFKTGEVN[VQ;QW6WDGQT 7 âCamera,â on page 71. MobileMe. See Chapter 7, View photos and videos you sync from your computer or save from Mail messages (videos only on iPod touch 4th generation or later). Zoom in on photos for a closer look. Watch a slideshow. Email photos and videos, or publish them to a MobileMe gallery. Assign images to contacts, and use them as wallpaper. View photos by place, and if you sync with iPhoto 8.0 (part of iLife â09) or later, you can view photos by events and faces. See Chapter 8, âPhotos,â on page 75. Discover new games and share your game experiences with friends around the world. Invite a friend, or request a match with other worthy opponents. Check player ranking on the leaderboards. Gain achievements for extras points. See Chapter 9, âGame Center,â r on page 82. iPod touch works with MobileMe, Microsoft Exchange, and many of the most popular email systemsâincluding Yahoo!, Google, and AOLâas well as most industry-standard POP3 and IMAP email systems. View PDFs and other attachments within Mail. Save attached photos and graphics to your Photo Library. See Chapter 10, âMail,â on page 91. Chapter 1 iPod touch at a Glance 13 Safari Calendar YouTube Stocks Maps Browse websites over Wi-Fi. Rotate iPod touch sideways for widescreen viewing. &QWDNGVCRVQ\QQOKPQTQWV¤5CHCTKCWVQOCVKECNN[°VUVJGYGDRCIGEQNWOPVQVJG iPod touch screen for easy reading. Open multiple pages. Sync bookmarks with Safari or Microsoft Internet Explorer on your computer. Add Safari web clips to the Home screen for fast access to favorite websites. Save images from websites to your Photo Library. See Chapter 11, âSafari,â on page 100. View and search your MobileMe, iCal, Microsoft Entourage, Microsoft Outlook, or Microsoft Exchange calendars. Enter events on iPod touch and they sync back to the calendar on your computer. Subscribe to calendars. See the birthdays youâve entered in Contacts. Set alerts to remind you of events, appointments, and deadlines. See Chapter 12, âCalendar,â on page 105. Play videos from YouTubeâs online collection. Search for any video, or browse featured, most viewed, most recently updated, and top-rated videos. Set up and log in to your YouTube accountâthen rate videos, sync your favorites, show subscriptions, and more. See Chapter 13, âYouTube,â on page 111. Watch your favorite stocks, updated automatically from the Internet. View company news and current trading information, such as opening or average price, trading volume, or market capitalization. Rotate iPod touch to see detailed charts in landscape QTKGPVCVKQP&TCI[QWT°PIGTCNQPIVJGEJCTVUVQVTCEMRTKEGRQKPVUQTWUGVYQ°PIGTU to see a range between points. See Chapter 14, âStocks,â on page 116. See a street map, satellite view, or hybrid view of locations around the world. Zoom in for a closer look, or check out the Google Street View. Find your current approximate location. Get detailed driving, public transit, or walking directions and see current JKIJYC[VTCĂEEQPFKVKQPU(KPFDWUKPGUUGUKPVJGCTGC5GG%JCRVGT15, âMaps,â on page 118. Get current weather conditions and a six-day forecast. Add your favorite cities for a quick weather report anytime. See Chapter 16, âWeather,â on page 126. Weather Notes Clock 14 Jot notes on the goâreminders, grocery lists, brilliant ideas. Send them in email. Sync notes to Mail on your Mac, or Microsoft Outlook or Outlook Express on your PC. Sync notes over the air (iPod touch 3rd generation or later) with your MobileMe, Google, Yahoo!, or iMAP accounts. See Chapter 17, âNotes,â on page 128. In the Utilities folder. View the time in cities around the worldâcreate clocks for your favorites. Set one or more alarms. Use the stopwatch, or set a countdown timer. See Chapter 18, âClock,â on page 131. Chapter 1 iPod touch at a Glance In the Utilities folder. Add, subtract, multiply, and divide. Rotate iPod touch sideways to r on page 133. WUGGZRCPFGFUEKGPVK°EHWPEVKQPU5GG%JCRVGT 19, âCalculator,â Calculator Voice Memos iTunes App Store Settings Contacts In the Utilities folder. Record voice memos using the built-in microphone on iPod touch 4th generation or a compatible external microphone or headset with microphone. Play them back on iPod touch or sync them with iTunes to listen to voice memos on your computer. Attach voice memos to email messages. See Chapter 20, âVoice Memos,â on page 136. Search the iTunes Store for music, movies, TV shows, audiobooks, and more. Browse, preview, and download new releases, or see whatâs popular in the top charts. Rent movies and TV shows to view on iPod touch. Stream and download podcasts. See Chapter 21, âiTunes Store,â on page 140. Search the App Store for iPod touch apps you can purchase or download using your Wi-Fi connection. Read reviews or write your own reviews for your favorite apps. Download and install the apps on your Home screen. See Chapter 22, ââApp Store,â on page 148. #FLWUVCNNK2QF VQWEJUGVVKPIUKPQPGEQPXGPKGPVRNCEG5GV[QWTQYPXQNWOGNKOKVHQT listening comfort. Set your wallpaper, screen brightness, and settings for network, mail, web, music, video, photos, and more. Use Location Service settings to set location privacy options for Maps and applicable third-party apps. Set auto-lock and a passcode for security. Restrict access to explicit iTunes content and certain apps. Reset iPod touch. See Chapter 23, âSettings,â on page 154. Get contact information synced from MobileMe, Mac OS X Address Book, Yahoo! Address Book, Google Contacts, Windows Address Book (Outlook Express), Microsoft Outlook, or Microsoft Exchange. Search, add, change, or delete contacts, which get synced back to your computer. See Chapter 24, âContacts,â on page 174. When activated in Settings, Nike + iPod turns your iPod touch into a workout companion. Track your pace, time, and distance from one workout to the next, and choose a song to power through your routine. (Requires select Nike shoes and a Nike + Nike + iPod iPod Sensor, sold separately.) See Chapter 25, âNike + iPod,â on page 179. iBooks Download the free iBooks app from the App Store for a great way to read and buy books. Get everything from classics to best sellers from the built-in iBookstore. Add ePub and PDF books to your bookshelf using iTunes. See Chapter 26, âiBooks,â on page 183. Chapter 1 iPod touch at a Glance 15 Status Icons The icons in the status bar at the top of the screen give information about iPod touch: Status icon What it means Wi-Fi* Shows that iPod touch is connected to the Internet over a Wi-Fi network. The more bars, the stronger the connection. See âJoining a Wi-Fi Networkâ on page 19. Network activity Shows network activity. Some third-party apps may also use this icon to indicate an active process. VPN Shows that you are connected to a network using VPN. See âNetworkâ on page 158. Lock Shows that iPod touch is locked. See âOn/ 1Ă5NGGR9CMG$WVVQP.â Play Shows that a song, audiobook, or podcast is playing. See âPlaying Songs and Other Audioâ on page 54. Portrait orientation lock Shows that the iPod touch screen is locked in portrait orientation. See âViewing in Portrait or Landscape Orientationâ on page 26. Alarm Shows that an alarm is set. See âAlarmsâ on page 131. Location services Shows that an app is using location services. See âLocation Servicesâ on page 159. Bluetooth* Blue or white icon: Bluetooth is on and a device, such as a headset, is connected. Gray icon: Bluetooth is on, but no device is connected. No icon: Bluetooth is turned QĂ5GGÂĽBluetooth Devicesâ on page 40. Battery Shows battery level or charging status. See âCharging the Batteryâ on page 41. 6JGWUGQHEGTVCKPCEEGUUQTKGUYKVJK2QFVQWEJOC[CĂGEVYKTGNGUURGTHQTOCPEG 16 Chapter 1 iPod touch at a Glance 2 Getting Started  WARNING: 6QCXQKFKPLWT[TGCFCNNQRGTCVKPIKPUVTWEVKQPUKPVJKUIWKFGCPF safety information in the iPod touch Important Product Information Guide at www.apple.com/support/manuals/ipodtouch before using iPod touch. Viewing the User Guide on iPod touch The iPod touch User Guide, optimized for viewing on iPod touch, is available at help. apple.com/ipodtouch. View the guide on iPod touch: In Safari, tap bookmark. , then tap the iPod touch User Guide Add an icon for the guide to the Home screen: When viewing the guide, tap , then tap âAdd to Home Screen.â The iPod touch User Guide is available in many languages. 8KGYVJGIWKFGKPCFKĂGTGPVNCPIWCIG Tap âChange Languageâ at the bottom of the screen on the main contents page, then choose the language you want. What You Need To use iPod touch, you need:  A Mac or a PC with a USB 2.0 port and one of the following operating systems:  Mac OS X v10.5.8 or later  Windows 7, Windows Vista, or Windows XP Home or Professional (SP3)  iTunes 10 or later, available at www.itunes.com/download  An Apple account (such as an iTunes Store account or MobileMe account) for purchases from the iTunes Store or App Store  An Internet connection for your computer (broadband recommended) 17 Setting Up iPod touch Before you can use iPod touch, you must set it up in iTunes. During setup, you can create a new Apple account or specify an existing Apple account to enable purchases with iPod touch. (The iTunes Store may not be available in all countries or regions.) iTunes also records the serial number of your iPod touch in case you need it. Set up iPod touch: 1 Download and install the latest version of iTunes from www.itunes.com/download. 2 Connect iPod touch to a USB 2.0 port on your Mac or PC using the cable that came with iPod touch. 3 Follow the onscreen instructions in iTunes to register iPod touch and sync iPod touch with songs, videos, and apps from your iTunes library, and with your photos on your computer. For information about customizing your sync contacts, see âSyncing with iTunesâ on page 46. Note: If you have a visual impairment, VoiceOver (iPod touch 3rd generation or later) can help you set up iPod touch without a sighted assistant. VoiceOver describes aloud what appears on the screen, so you can use iPod touch without seeing it. When you connect iPod touch to your computer, iTunes detects whether youâre using a compatible screen reader on your computer, such as VoiceOver (Mac) or GW Micro Window-Eyes (PC), and automatically enables VoiceOver on iPod touch. A sighted user can also enable VoiceOver on iPod touch using Accessibility settings. See âVoiceOverâ on page 190. VoiceOver may not be available in all languages. Disconnecting iPod touch from Your Computer You can disconnect iPod touch from your computer at any time. However, if you disconnect it while a sync is in progress, some data may not get synced until the next time you connect iPod touch to your computer. When iPod touch is syncing with your computer, iPod touch shows âSync in Progress.â +H[QWFKUEQPPGEVK2QFVQWEJDGHQTGKV°PKUJGUU[PEKPIUQOGFCVCOC[PQVIGV transferred. When the sync is complete, iTunes shows âiPod touch sync is complete.â Cancel a sync: Drag the slider on iPod touch. 18 Chapter 2 Getting Started Connecting to the Internet iPod touch connects to the Internet via Wi-Fi PGVYQTMUK2QFVQWEJECPLQKP#KT2QTV and other Wi-Fi networks at home, at work, or at Wi-Fi hotspots around the world. 9JGPLQKPGFVQC9K(KPGVYQTMVJCV¨UEQPPGEVGFVQVJG+PVGTPGVK2QFVQWEJCEEGUUGU the Internet automatically whenever you use Mail, Safari, YouTube, FaceTime, Game Center, Stocks, Maps, Weather, the App Store, or the iTunes Store. Joining a Wi-Fi Network 6JG9K(KUGVVKPIUNGV[QWVWTPQP9K(KCPFLQKP9K(KPGVYQTMU Turn on Wi-Fi: Choose Settings > Wi-Fi and turn Wi-Fi on. Join a Wi-Fi network: Choose Settings > Wi-Fi, wait a moment as iPod touch detects PGVYQTMUKPTCPIGVJGPUGNGEVCPGVYQTM HGGUOC[CRRN[VQLQKPUQOG9K(KPGVYQTMU If necessary, enter a password and tap Join (networks that require a password appear with a lock icon). 1PEG[QWLQKPC9K(KPGVYQTMOCPWCNN[K2QFVQWEJCWVQOCVKECNN[EQPPGEVUVQKV whenever the network is in range. If more than one previously used network is in TCPIGK2QFVQWEJLQKPUVJGQPGNCUVWUGF When iPod touch is connected to a Wi-Fi network, the Wi-Fi icon in the status bar at the top of the screen shows the connection strength. The more bars you see, the stronger the connection. (QTKPHQTOCVKQPCDQWVEQP°IWTKPI9K(KUGVVKPIUUGGÂĽWi-Fiâ on page 155. VPN Access VPN (virtual private network) provides secure access over the Internet to private networks, such as the network at your company or school. Use Network settings to EQP°IWTGCPFVWTPQP8205GGÂĽNetworkâ on page 158. Adding Mail, Contacts, and Calendar Accounts iPod touch works with MobileMe, Microsoft Exchange, and many of the most popular Internet-based email, contacts, and calendar service providers. If you donât already have an email account, you can get a free account online at www.yahoo.com, www.google.com, or www.aol.com. You can also try MobileMe, free for 60 days, at www.me.com. You can add contacts using an LDAP or CardDAV account if your company or organization supports it. See âAdding Contactsâ on page 174. You can add a CalDAV calendar account. See âSyncing Calendarsâ on page 105. You can subscribe to iCal (.ics) calendars. See âSubscribing to Calendarsâ on page 110. Chapter 2 Getting Started 19 Setting Up MobileMe Accounts To use MobileMe on iPod touch, you need to add an account with your MobileMe account settings. When setting up the account, you can choose which MobileMe services you want to use with iPod touch:  Mail  Contacts  Calendars  Bookmarks  Notes (iPod touch 3rd generation or later)  Find My iPod touch Services you turn on are synced automatically over the air without having to connect iPod touch to your computer. See âSyncing Accountsâ on page 45. The Find My iPod touch service (not available in all countries or regions) helps you locate iPod touch if itâs been lost or stolen, and remotely lock, set a passcode, or erase the information on iPod touch if necessary. See âSecurity Featuresâ on page 42. You can set up multiple MobileMe accounts; however, only one MobileMe account at a time can be used for Find My iPod touch and for syncing contacts, calendars, and bookmarks. Set up a MobileMe account: 1 In Settings, tap âMail, Contacts, Calendars.â 2 Tap Add Account, then tap MobileMe. 3 Enter your name, complete email address, password, and a description. The description can be whatever you like. 4 Tap the items you want to use on iPod touchâmail, contacts, calendars, bookmarks, notes, and Find My iPod touch. Setting Up Microsoft Exchange Accounts To use Microsoft Exchange on iPod touch, you need to add an account with your Microsoft Exchange account settings. See your service provider or system administrator for those settings. iPod touch uses the Exchange ActiveSync protocol to sync email, calendars, and contacts over the air with the following versions of Microsoft Exchange:  Exchange Server 2003 Service Pack 2  Exchange Server 2007 Service Pack 1  Exchange Server 2010 20 Chapter 2 Getting Started When setting up the account, you can choose which Exchange services you want to use with iPod touch:  Mail  Contacts  Calendars Services you turn on are synced automatically over the air without having to connect iPod touch to your computer. See âSyncing Accountsâ on page 45. You can set up multiple Exchange accounts. Set up an Exchange account: 1 In Settings, tap âMail, Contacts, Calendars.â 2 Tap Add Account, then tap Microsoft Exchange. 3 Enter your complete email address, domain (optional), user name, password, and a description. The description can be whatever you like. iPod touch supports Microsoftâs Autodiscovery service, which uses your user name and password to determine the address of the Exchange server. If the serverâs address canât be determined, youâre asked to enter it. (Enter the complete address in the Server °GNF 1PEG[QWEQPPGEVVQVJG'ZEJCPIGUGTXGT[QWOC[DGRTQORVGFVQEJCPIG[QWT passcode to match the policies set on the server. 4 Tap the items you want to use on iPod touch (mail, contacts, and calendars) and set how many days of email you want to sync to iPod touch. Setting Up Google, Yahoo!, and AOL Accounts For many popular accounts (Google, Yahoo!, AOL), iPod touch enters most of the settings for you. When setting up the account, you can choose which account services you want to use with iPod touch. Services you turn on are synced automatically over the air without having to connect iPod touch to your computer. See âSyncing Accountsâ on page 45. Set up an account: 1 In Settings, tap âMail, Contacts, Calendars.â 2 Tap Add Account, then tap Google, Yahoo!, or AOL. 3 Enter your name, complete email address, password, and a description. The description can be whatever you like. 4 Tap the items you want to use on iPod touch. Available items depend upon the service provider. Chapter 2 Getting Started 21 Setting Up Other Accounts Choose Other Accounts to set up other accounts for mail (such as POP), contacts (such as LDAP or CardDAV), or calendars (such as CalDAV). Contact your service provider or system administrator to get the account settings you need. Set up an account: 1 In Settings, tap âMail, Contacts, Calendars.â 2 Tap Add Account, then tap Other. 3 Choose the account type you want to add (Mail, Contacts, or Calendars). 4 Enter your account information and tap Save. 22 Chapter 2 Getting Started 3 Basics Using Apps 6JGJKIJTGUQNWVKQP/WNVK6QWEJUETGGPCPFUKORNG°PIGTIGUVWTGUOCMGKVGCU[VQWUG iPod touch apps. Opening and Switching Apps You open an app on iPod touch by tapping its icon on the Home screen. Return to the Home screen: Press the Home button below the display. Switch to another Home screen: Flick left or right, or tap to the left or right of the row of dots. Press the Home button. On iPod touch 3rd generation or later, you can quickly switch between the apps youâre using; multitasking also allows certain apps to run in the background. 23 View the most recently used apps (iPod touch 3rd generation or later): Double-click the Home button. The four most recently used app are shown at the bottom of the screen. Flick left to see more apps. Note: On iPod touch 2nd generation, double-clicking the Home button performs the CEVKQPURGEK°GFD[VJG*QOG$WVVQPUGVVKPI5GGÂĽHome Buttonâ on page 159. Remove an app from the recents list: Touch and hold the app icon until it begins to LKIINGVJGPVCR . The app is added to recent apps again the next time you open it. Scrolling Drag up or down to scroll. On some screens such as webpages, you can also scroll side to side. &TCIIKPI[QWT°PIGTVQUETQNNYQP¨VEJQQUGQTCEVKXCVGCP[VJKPIQPVJGUETGGP 24 Chapter 3 Basics Flick to scroll quickly. You can wait for the scrolling to come to a stop, or touch anywhere on the screen to stop it immediately. Touching the screen to stop scrolling wonât choose or activate anything. 6QSWKEMN[UETQNNVQVJGVQRQHCNKUVYGDRCIGQTGOCKNLWUVVCRVJGUVCVWUDCT Find items in an indexed list: 6CRCNGVVGTVQLWORVQKVGOUUVCTVKPIYKVJVJCVNGVVGT &TCI[QWT°PIGTCNQPIVJGKPFGZVQUETQNNSWKEMN[VJTQWIJVJGNKUV 0UKL_ Choose an item: Tap an item in the list. &GRGPFKPIQPVJGNKUVVCRRKPICPKVGOECPFQFKĂGTGPVVJKPIU¤HQTGZCORNGKVOC[ open a new list, play a song, open an email, or show someoneâs contact information. Chapter 3 Basics 25 Zooming In or Out When viewing photos, webpages, email, or maps, you can zoom in and out. Pinch your °PIGTUVQIGVJGTQTCRCTV(QTRJQVQUCPFYGDRCIGU[QWECPFQWDNGVCR VCRVYKEG quickly) to zoom in, then double-tap again to zoom out. For maps, double-tap to zoom KPCPFVCRQPEGYKVJVYQ°PIGTUVQ\QQOQWV Viewing in Portrait or Landscape Orientation Many iPod touch apps let you view the screen in either portrait or landscape QTKGPVCVKQP4QVCVGK2QF VQWEJCPFVJGFKURNC[TQVCVGUVQQCFLWUVKPICWVQOCVKECNN[VQ °VVJGPGYUETGGPQTKGPVCVKQP You may prefer landscape orientation for viewing webpages in Safari, or when entering text, for example. In landscape orientation:  Webpages scale to the wider screen, making the text and images larger.  The onscreen keyboard is larger, which may help increase your typing speed and accuracy. The following apps support both portrait and landscape orientation:  Music and Videos  Mail  Safari  Notes 26 Chapter 3 Basics  Contacts  Stocks  Photos  Calculator Movies viewed in Videos and YouTube appear only in landscape orientation. Street views in Maps also appear only in landscape orientation. Lock the iPod touch screen in portrait orientation (iPod touch 3rd generation or later): &QWDNGENKEMVJG*QOGDWVVQPÂąKEMVJGDQVVQOQHVJGUETGGPHTQONGHVVQTKIJV then tap . The portrait orientation lock orientation is locked. icon appears in the status bar when the screen Customizing the Home Screen You can customize the layout of icons on the Home screenâincluding the Dock icons along the bottom of the screen. If you want, arrange them over multiple Home screens. You can also organize apps by grouping them in folders. Rearranging Icons You can arrange the icons on your Home screen in any order you want. Rearrange icons: 1 6QWEJCPFJQNFCP[KEQPQPVJG*QOGUETGGPWPVKNKVDGIKPUVQLKIING 2 Arrange the icons by dragging them. 3 Press the Home button to save your arrangement. You can also add links to your favorite webpages on the Home screen. See âWeb Clipsâ on page 104. When iPod touch is connected to your computer, you can rearrange icons on the Home screen and the order of the screens. In iTunes, select iPod touch in the Devices list, then click Apps at the top of the screen. Chapter 3 Basics 27 Move an icon to another screen: While arranging icons, drag an icon to the side of the screen. Create additional Home screens: 9JKNGCTTCPIKPIKEQPUÂąKEMVQVJGTKIJVOQUV*QOG screen and drag an icon to the right edge of the screen until a new screen appears. You can create up to 11 screens. The number of dots above the Dock shows the number of screens you have, and which screen youâre viewing. Reset your Home screen to the default layout: Choose Settings > General > Reset and tap Reset Home Screen Layout. Resetting the Home screen removes any folders youâve created and applies the default wallpaper to your Home screen. Organizing with Folders Folders let you organize icons on the Home screen. You can put up to 12 icons in a folder. iPod touch automatically names a folder when you create it, based on the icons you use to create the folder, but you can change the name anytime you want. Like icons, folders can be rearranged by dragging them around the Home screen. You can move folders to a new Home screen or to the Dock. Create a folder: 6QWEJCPFJQNFCPKEQPWPVKNVJG*QOGUETGGPKEQPUDGIKPVQLKIING then drag the icon onto another icon. 28 Chapter 3 Basics iPod touch creates a new folder that includes the two icons, and shows the folderâs PCOG;QWECPVCRVJGPCOG°GNFCPFGPVGTCFKĂGTGPVPCOG You can also create folders within iTunes. Create a folder using iTunes: With iPod touch connected to your computer, select iPod touch in the Devices list in iTunes. Click Apps at the top of the screen, and on the Home screen near the top of the window, drag an app on top of another. Add an icon to a folder While arranging icons, drag the icon onto the folder. Remove an icon from a folder While arranging icons, tap to open the folder, then drag the icon out of the folder. Open a folder Tap the folder. You can then tap an app icon to open that app. Close a folder Tap outside the folder, or press the Home button. Delete a folder Move all icons out of the folder. The folder is deleted automatically when empty. Rename a folder While arranging icons, tap to open the folder, then tap the name at the top and use the keyboard to enter a new name. Press the Home button to save your changes. 9JGP[QW°PKUJQTICPK\KPI[QWT*QOGUETGGPRTGUUVJG*QOG your changes. button to save Some apps, such as Mail and the App Store, display a badge on their Home screen icon with a number (to indicate incoming items) or exclamation mark (to indicate a problem). If these apps are contained in a folder, the badge appears on the folder. A numbered badge shows the total number of items you havenât attended to, such as incoming email messages and updated apps to download. An alert badge indicates a problem with an app in the folder. Chapter 3 Basics 29 Adding Wallpaper You can set an image or photo as wallpaper for the Lock screen. On iPod touch 3rd generation or later, you can also set wallpaper for your Home screen. You can choose an image that came with iPod touch, or a photo synced to iPod touch from your computer. Set wallpaper (iPod touch 3rd generation or later): 1 In Settings, choose Wallpaper, tap the image of the Lock and Home screens, then tap Wallpaper or an album. 2 Tap to choose an image or photo. If you chose a photo, drag to position it and pinch to zoom in or out, until it looks the way you want. 3 Tap Set, then choose whether you want to use the photo as wallpaper for your Lock Screen, Home screen, or both. Set wallpaper (iPod touch 2nd generation): 1 Choose Settings > Wallpaper, then tap Wallpaper or an album. 2 Tap to choose an image or photo. If you choose a photo, drag it to position it and pinch to zoom in or out, until it looks the way you want. 3 Tap Set Wallpaper. Typing The onscreen keyboard appears anytime you need to type. Entering Text Use the keyboard to enter text, such as contact information, email, and web addresses. The keyboard corrects misspellings, predicts what you're typing, and learns as you use it. Depending on the app youâre using, the intelligent keyboard may suggest corrections as you type, to help prevent mistyped words. Enter text: 1 6CRCVGZV°GNFUWEJCUKPCPQVGQTPGYEQPVCEVVQDTKPIWRVJGMG[DQCTF 2 Tap keys on the keyboard. 5VCTVD[V[RKPIYKVJLWUV[QWTKPFGZ°PIGT#U[QWIGVOQTGRTQ°EKGPV[QWECPV[RG more quickly using two thumbs. 30 Chapter 3 Basics #U[QWV[RGGCEJNGVVGTCRRGCTUCDQXG[QWTVJWODQT°PIGT+H[QWVQWEJVJGYTQPI MG[[QWECPUNKFG[QWT°PIGTVQVJGEQTTGEVMG[6JGNGVVGTKUP¨VGPVGTGFWPVKN[QW TGNGCUG[QWT°PIGTHTQOVJGMG[ Delete the previous character Tap Type uppercase Tap the Shift key before tapping a letter. Or touch and hold the Shift key, then slide to a letter. Quickly type a period and space Double-tap the space bar. (You can turn this HGCVWTGQPQTQĂKP5GVVKPIU )GPGTCN -G[DQCTF Turn caps lock on Double-tap the Shift key. The Shift key turns blue, and all letters you type are uppercase. 6CRVJG5JKHVMG[CICKPVQVWTPECRUNQEMQĂ ;QWECPVWTPVJKUHGCVWTGQPQTQĂKP5GVVKPIU )GPGTCN -G[DQCTF Show numbers, punctuation, or symbols key. Tap the Symbol key Tap the Number to see additional punctuation and symbols. Type letters or symbols that arenât on the keyboard Touch and hold the related letter or symbol, then slide to choose a variation. Chapter 3 Basics 31 Dictionary For many languages, iPod touch has dictionaries to help you type. The appropriate dictionary is activated when you select a supported keyboard. For a list of supported languages, see www.apple.com/ipodtouch/specs.html. iPod touch uses the active dictionary to suggest corrections or complete the word youâre typing. You donât need to interrupt your typing to accept the suggested word. :\NNLZ[LK ^VYK Accept or reject dictionary suggestions: B To reject the suggested word, °PKUJV[RKPIVJGYQTFCU[QWYCPVKVVJGPVCRVJGÂĽZÂŚVQ FKUOKUUVJGUWIIGUVKQPDGHQTGV[RKPICP[VJKPIGNUG'CEJVKOG[QWTGLGEVCUWIIGUVKQP for the same word, iPod touch becomes more likely to accept your word. Note: If youâre entering Chinese or Japanese, tap one of the suggested alternatives. B To use the suggested word, type a space, punctuation mark, or return character. iPod touch also underlines words youâve already typed that might be misspelled. Use spell checking to replace a misspelled word: Tap the underlined word, then tap one of the suggested corrections. If none of the suggestions is correct, you can correct the spelling of the selected word by retyping it. To leave the word unchanged, tap somewhere else in the message area. 6WTPCWVQEQTTGEVKQPCPFURGNNEJGEMKPIQPQTQĂ %JQQUG)GPGTCN -G[DQCTFVJGP VWTP#WVQ%QTTGEVKQPQPQTQĂ#WVQ%QTTGEVKQPKUQPD[FGHCWNV 32 Chapter 3 Basics EditingâCut, Copy, and Paste The touchscreen makes it easy to make changes to text youâve entered. An onscreen magnifying glass helps you position the insertion point precisely where you need it. Grab points on selected text let you quickly select more or less text. You can also cut, copy, and paste text and photos within apps, or across multiple apps. Position the insertion point: Touch and hold to bring up the magnifying glass, then drag to position the insertion point. Select text: Tap the insertion point to display the selection buttons. Tap Select to UGNGEVVJGCFLCEGPVYQTFQTVCR5GNGEV#NNVQUGNGEVCNNVGZV;QWECPCNUQFQWDNGVCRVQ select a word. In read-only documents, such as webpages or email youâve received, touch and hold to select a word. Drag the grab points to select more or less text. Cut or copy text: Select text, then tap Cut or Copy. Paste text: Tap the insertion point and tap Paste. The last text that you cut or copied is inserted. Or select text and tap Paste to replace the text. Undo the last edit: Shake iPod touch and tap Undo. Chapter 3 Basics 33 International Keyboards +PVGTPCVKQPCNMG[DQCTFUCNNQY[QWVQGPVGTVGZVKPOCP[FKĂGTGPVNCPIWCIGUKPENWFKPI languages that are written from right to left. If you want to enter text in other languages, you can use Settings to make additional keyboards available when you type. For a list of supported keyboards, go to www.apple.com/ipodtouch/specs.html. Add a keyboard: 1 +P5GVVKPIUEJQQUG)GPGTCN -G[DQCTF +PVGTPCVKQPCN-G[DQCTFU The number before the arrow indicates the number of keyboards currently enabled. 2 6CR#FF0GY-G[DQCTFVJGPEJQQUGCMG[DQCTFHTQOVJGNKUV Repeat to add more keyboards. Some languages have multiple keyboards available. Switch keyboards when youâre typing: Tap . When you tap the symbol, the name of VJGPGYN[CEVKXCVGFMG[DQCTFCRRGCTUDTKGÂą[ You can also touch and hold to display a list of available keyboards. To choose a MG[DQCTFHTQOVJGNKUVUNKFG[QWT°PIGTVQVJGPCOGQHVJGMG[DQCTFVJGPTGNGCUG ;HWVY[V\JOHUK OVSK[VZ^P[JO RL`IVHYKZ Edit your keyboard list: %JQQUG)GPGTCN -G[DQCTF +PVGTPCVKQPCN-G[DQCTFUVJGP tap Edit and do one of the following:  To delete a keyboard, tap  To reorder the list, drag 34 , then tap Delete. next to a keyboard to a new place in the list. Type letters, numbers, or symbols that arenât on the keyboard Touch and hold the related letter, number, or symbol, then slide to choose a variation. On the Thai keyboards, for example, you can choose native numbers by touching and holding the related Arabic number. Enter Japanese Kana 7UGVJG-CPCMG[RCFVQUGNGEVU[NNCDNGU(QTOQTGU[NNCDNG options, tap the arrow key and select another syllable or word from the window. Enter Japanese QWERTY Use the QWERTY keyboard to input code for Japanese syllables. As you type, suggested syllables appear. Tap the syllable to choose it. Chapter 3 Basics Enter facemarks 7UKPIVJG,CRCPGUG-CPCMG[DQCTFVCRVJGÂĽ@A@ÂŚMG[ 7UKPIVJG,CRCPGUG4QOCLKMG[DQCTF 39'46;,CRCPGUG MG[VJGPVCRVJGÂĽ@A@ÂŚMG[ layout), tap the Number 7UKPIVJG%JKPGUG 5KORNK°GFQT6TCFKVKQPCN 2KP[KPQT key, then (Traditional) Zhuyin keyboards, tap the Symbols VCRVJGÂĽ@A@ÂŚMG[ Enter Korean 7UGVJG5GV-QTGCPMG[DQCTFVQV[RG*CPIWNNGVVGTU6QV[RG double consonants or compound vowels, touch and hold the letter, then slide to choose the double letter. 'PVGT5KORNK°GFQT Traditional Chinese Pinyin Use the QWERTY keyboard to enter Pinyin for Chinese characters. As you type, suggested Chinese characters appear. Tap a suggestion to choose it, or continue entering Pinyin to see more options. If you keep entering Pinyin without spaces, sentence suggestions appear. Enter Chinese Cangjie Use the keyboard to build Chinese characters from the EQORQPGPV%CPILKGMG[U#U[QWV[RGUWIIGUVGF%JKPGUG characters appear. Tap a character to choose it, or continue V[RKPIWRVQ°XGVQVCNEQORQPGPVUVQUGGOQTGEJCTCEVGT options. 'PVGT5KORNK°GF%JKPGUG5VTQMG (Wubi Hua) 7UGVJGMG[RCFVQDWKNF%JKPGUGEJCTCEVGTUWUKPIWRVQ°XG strokes in the correct writing sequence: from left to right, top to bottom, outside to inside, and from inside to the closing stroke (for example, the Chinese character ੢ should begin with the vertical stroke äš). As you type, suggested Chinese characters appear (the most EQOOQPN[WUGFEJCTCEVGTUCRRGCT°TUV 6CRCEJCTCEVGTVQ choose it. If youâre not sure of the correct stroke, enter an asterisk (*). To see more character options, type another stroke, or scroll through the character list. Tap the ˤਠkey to show only characters that match exactly what you typed. For example, if you type ɿɿ and tap ˤਠ, the less commonly used Ę appears as an exact match. Enter Traditional Chinese Zhuyin Use the keyboard to enter Zhuyin letters. As you type, suggested Chinese characters appear. Tap a suggestion to choose it, or continue entering Zhuyin letters to see more options. After you type an initial letter, the keyboard changes to show more letters. If you keep entering Zhuyin without spaces, sentence suggestions appear. Chapter 3 Basics 35 'PVGTJCPFYTKVVGP5KORNK°GFQT Traditional Chinese Write Chinese characters directly on the screen with your °PIGT#U[QWYTKVGEJCTCEVGTUVTQMGUK2QFVQWEJTGEQIPK\GU them and shows matching characters in a list, with the closest match at the top. When you choose a character, its likely follow-on characters appear in the list as additional choices. You can get some complex characters by writing two or more component characters. For example, enter ఠ°UJ VJGPĺž (bristle), to get ä RCTVKCNPCOGQH*QPI-QPI+PVGTPCVKQPCN Airport), which appears in the character list with an arrow next to it. Tap the character to replace the characters you entered. 9KVJ5KORNK°GF%JKPGUGJCPFYTKVKPI4QOCPEJCTCEVGTUCTG also recognized. %QPXGTVDGVYGGP5KORNK°GFCPF Traditional Chinese Select the character or characters you want to convert, then tap Replace. See âEditingâCut, Copy, and Pasteâ on page 33. Enter Vietnamese Touch and hold a character to see the available diacritical marks, then slide to choose the one you want. You can also type the following key sequences to enter characters with diacritical marks:  aaââ  awâÄ Â eeâĂŞ  ooâĂ´  owâĆĄ  wâĆ°  ddâÄ Â asâĂĄ  afâĂ Â arâả  axâĂŁ  CL¤ấ 9JGP5KORNK°GFQT6TCFKVKQPCN%JKPGUGJCPFYTKVKPIHQTOCVUCTGVWTPGFQP[QWECP GPVGT%JKPGUGEJCTCEVGTUYKVJ[QWT°PIGTCUUJQYP ;V\JOWHK 36 Chapter 3 Basics Keyboard Layouts You can use Settings to set the keyboard layouts for software and hardware keyboards. The available layouts depend on the keyboard language. Select a keyboard layout: +P5GVVKPIUEJQQUG)GPGTCN -G[DQCTF +PVGTPCVKQPCN -G[DQCTFUVJGPUGNGEVCMG[DQCTF(QTGCEJNCPIWCIG[QWECPOCMGUGRCTCVG selections for both the onscreen software and any external hardware keyboards. The software keyboard layout determines the layout of the keyboard on the iPod touch screen. The hardware keyboard layout determines the layout of an Apple 9KTGNGUU-G[DQCTFEQPPGEVGFVQK2QFVQWEJ. Using an Apple Wireless Keyboard (QTGCUGQHV[RKPI[QWECPWUGCP#RRNG9KTGNGUU-G[DQCTF CXCKNCDNGUGRCTCVGN[ iPod touch 3rd generation or later). 6JG#RRNG9KTGNGUU-G[DQCTFEQPPGEVUXKC$NWGVQQVJUQ[QWOWUVRCKTVJGMG[DQCTF with iPod touch. See âPairing a Bluetooth Device with iPod touchâ on page 40. Once the keyboard is paired with iPod touch, it connects whenever the keyboard is within range (up to 30 feet). You can tell that the keyboard is connected if the QPUETGGPMG[DQCTFFQGUP¨VCRRGCTYJGP[QWVCRKPCVGZV°GNF Switch the language when using a hardware keyboard: Press and hold the Command key, then tap the space bar to display a list of available languages. Tap the URCEGDCTCICKPVQEJQQUGCFKĂGTGPVNCPIWCIG Disconnect a wireless keyboard from iPod touch: Press and hold the power button QPVJGMG[DQCTFWPVKNVJGITGGPNKIJVIQGUQĂ iPod touch disconnects the keyboard when itâs out of range. Unpair a wireless keyboard from iPod touch: In Settings, choose General > Bluetooth, next to the device name, then tap âForget this Device.â tap ;QWECPCRRN[FKĂGTGPVNC[QWVUVQCYKTGNGUUMG[DQCTF5GGÂĽ+PVGTPCVKQPCN-G[DQCTFUâ on page 34 and â-G[DQCTF.C[QWVUâ on page 37. Chapter 3 Basics 37 Searching You can search many apps on iPod touch, including Mail, Calendar, Music, Videos, Notes, and Contacts. You can search an individual app, or search all apps at once using Search. Go to Search: 1PVJGOCKP*QOGUETGGPÂąKEMNGHVVQTKIJVQTRTGUUVJG*QOG From the Search screen, press the Home screen page. button. button to return to the main Home Search iPod touch: 1PVJG5GCTEJUETGGPGPVGTVGZVKPVJG5GCTEJ°GNF5GCTEJ results appear as you type. Tap an item in the list to open it. Tap Search to dismiss the keyboard and see more results. Icons next to the search results show which app the results are from. iPod touch may display a top hit for you at the top of the list, based on your previous searches. The Safari search results include options to search the web or to search Wikipedia. App Whatâs searched Contacts First, last, and company names Mail 6Q(TQOCPF5WDLGEV°GNFUQHCNNCEEQWPVU VJG text of messages isnât searched) Calendar Event titles, invitees, locations, and notes Music and Videos Music (names of songs, artists, and albums) and the titles of podcasts, videos, and audiobooks Notes Text of notes Search also searches the names of the native and installed apps on iPod touch, so if you have a lot of apps, you may want to use Search to locate and open apps. Open apps from Search: Enter the app name, then tap to open the app directly from the search results. Use the Spotlight Search setting to specify which contents are searched and the order the results are presented in. See âSpotlight Searchâ on page 160. 38 Chapter 3 Basics Voice Control Voice Control (iPod touch 3rd generation or later) lets you control iPod music playback using voice commands. Note: Voice Control may not be available in all languages. To use Voice Control with iPod touch 3rd generation, you need Apple Earphones with Remote and Mic, or a compatible accessory with a microphone. Use Voice Control: Press and hold the Home button until the Voice Control screen appears and you hear a beep. Use the following commands to play songs. Control music playback Say âplayâ or âplay music.â To pause, say âpauseâ or âpause music.â You can also say ânext songâ or âprevious song.â Play an album, artist, or playlist Say âplay,â then say âalbum,â âartist,â or âplaylistâ and the name. 5JWĂGVJGEWTTGPVRNC[NKUV 5C[ÂĽUJWĂGÂŚ Find out more about the currently playing song Say âwhatâs playing,â âwhat song is this,â âwho sings this song,â or âwho is this song by.â Use Genius to play similar songs Say âGenius,â âplay more like this,â or âplay more songs like this.â Find out the current time Say âwhat time is it?â or âwhat is the time?â Cancel Voice Control Say âcancelâ or âstop.â For best results:  Speak clearly and naturally.  Say only iPod touch commands and names. Pause slightly between commands. For more about using Voice Control, including information about using Voice Control KPFKĂGTGPVNCPIWCIGUIQVQsupport.apple.com/kb/HT3597. Chapter 3 Basics 39 Voice Control normally expects you to speak voice commands in the language thatâs set for iPod touch (the setting in General > International > Language). Voice Control settings let you change the language for speaking voice commands. Some languages CTGCXCKNCDNGKPFKĂGTGPVFKCNGEVUQTCEEGPVU Change the language or country: In Settings, choose General > International > Voice Control and tap the language or country. See âUsing Voice Control with iPodâ on page 57. Bluetooth Devices ;QWECPWUGK2QFVQWEJYKVJVJG#RRNG9KTGNGUU-G[DQCTFCPFQVJGT$NWGVQQVJ FGXKEGUUWEJCU$NWGVQQVJUVGTGQJGCFRJQPGU(QTUWRRQTVGF$NWGVQQVJRTQ°NGU go to support.apple.com/kb/HT3647. Pairing a Bluetooth Device with iPod touch WARNING: For important information about avoiding hearing loss, see the Important Product Information Guide at www.apple.com/support/manuals/ipodtouch. $GHQTG[QWECPWUGC$NWGVQQVJFGXKEGYKVJK2QFVQWEJ[QWOWUV°TUVRCKTVJGO Pair a Bluetooth headset, car kit, or other device with iPod touch: 1 Follow the instructions that came with the device to make it discoverable or to set it to search for other Bluetooth devices. 2 In Settings, choose General > Bluetooth and turn Bluetooth on. 3 Choose the device on iPod touch, and enter its passkey or PIN number. See the instructions about the passkey or PIN that came with the device. After you pair headphones with iPod touch, the product name and screen when you are viewing audio or video playback controls. Tap FKĂGTGPVCWFKQQWVRWVUWEJCUVJGKPVGTPCNURGCMGT appear on the to switch to a Pair an Apple Wireless Keyboard with iPod touch: 1 In Settings, choose General > Bluetooth and turn Bluetooth on. 2 2TGUUVJGRQYGTDWVVQPQPVJG#RRNG9KTGNGUU-G[DQCTFVQVWTPKVQP 3 On iPod touch, select the keyboard listed under Devices. 4 Type the passkey on the keyboard as instructed, then press Return. Note: ;QWECPRCKTQPN[QPG#RRNG9KTGNGUU-G[DQCTFYKVJK2QFVQWEJCVCVKOG6QRCKT CFKĂGTGPVMG[DQCTF[QWOWUV°TUVWPRCKTVJGEWTTGPVQPG For more information, see â7UKPICP#RRNG9KTGNGUU-G[DQCTFâ on page 37. 40 Chapter 3 Basics Bluetooth Status The Bluetooth icon appears in the iPod touch status bar at the top of the screen:  or : Bluetooth is on and a device is connected to iPod touch. (The color depends on the current color of the status bar.)  : Bluetooth is on but no device is connected. If youâve paired a device with K2QFVQWEJKVOC[DGQWVQHTCPIGQTVWTPGFQĂ Â No Bluetooth icon: $NWGVQQVJKUVWTPGFQĂ Unpairing a Bluetooth Device from iPod touch You can unpair a Bluetooth device if you donât want to use it with iPod touch any more. Unpair a Bluetooth device: 1 In Settings, choose General > Bluetooth and turn Bluetooth on. 2 Tap next to the device name, then tap âForget this Device.â Battery iPod touch has an internal rechargeable battery. The battery isnât user accessible and should only be replaced by an authorized service provider. Charging the Battery WARNING: For important safety information about charging iPod touch, see the Important Product Information Guide at www.apple.com/support/manuals/ipodtouch. The battery icon in the upper-right corner shows the battery level or charging status. *OHYNPUN *OHYNLK Charge the battery and sync iPod touch: Connect iPod touch to your computer using the included Dock Connector to USB Cable. Chapter 3 Basics 41 Important: The iPod touch battery may drain instead of charge if iPod touch is EQPPGEVGFVQCEQORWVGTVJCV¨UVWTPGFQĂQTKUKPUNGGRQTUVCPFD[OQFG If you charge the battery while syncing or using iPod touch, it may take longer to charge. You can also charge iPod touch using the Apple USB Power Adapter, available separately. Important: If iPod touch is very low on power, it may display one of the following images, indicating that iPod touch needs to charge for up to ten minutes before you can use it. If iPod touch is extremely low on power, the display may be blank for up to two minutes before one of the low-battery images appears. VY Maximizing Battery Life iPod touch uses lithium-ion batteries. To learn more about how to maximize the lifespan and battery life of your iPod touch, go to www.apple.com/batteries. Replacing the Battery Rechargeable batteries have a limited number of charge cycles and may eventually need to be replaced. The iPod touch battery isnât user replaceable; it can only be replaced by an authorized service provider. For more information, go to www.apple.com/support/ipod/service/battery. Security Features Security features help protect the information on iPod touch from being accessed by others. Passcodes and Data Protection You can set a passcode that you must enter each time you turn on or wake up iPod touch. Set a passcode: Choose Settings > General > Passcode Lock and enter a 4-digit passcode, then enter the passcode again to verify it. iPod touch then requires you to enter the passcode to unlock it or to display the passcode lock settings. 42 Chapter 3 Basics Setting a passcode turns on data protection (iPod touch 3rd generation or later). Data protection uses your passcode as the key for encrypting mail messages and their attachments stored on iPod touch. (Data protection may also be used by some apps available in the App Store.) A notice at the bottom of the Passcode Lock screen in Settings indicates when data protection is enabled. 6QKPETGCUGVJGUGEWTKV[QHK2QFVQWEJVWTPQĂ5KORNG2CUUEQFGCPFWUGCNQPIGT passcode with a combination of numbers, letters, punctuation, and special characters. See âPasscode Lockâ on page 160. Important: On an iPod touch 3rd generation that didnât ship with iOS 4 or later, you must also restore iOS software to enable data protection. See âRestoring iPod touchâ on page 207. Find My iPod touch Find My iPod touch (not available in all countries or regions) helps you locate and retrieve your iPod touch using a web browser with an Internet connection. Find My iPod touch includes:  Find: Locates your iPod touch on a full-screen map on your computer  Display a Message or Play a Sound: Lets you compose a message that will appear on your iPod touch screen, or play a sound at full volume for two minutes, even if the Ring/Silent switch is set to silent  Remote Passcode Lock: Lets you remotely lock your iPod touch and create a 4-digit passcode, if you havenât set one previously  Remote Wipe: Lets you erase all media and data on iPod touch, restoring it to factory settings Note: Find My iPod touch requires a MobileMe account, and may not be available in all countries or regions. MobileMe is an online service, available by subscription. For more information, go to www.apple.com/mobileme. To enable these features, turn on Find My iPod touch in your MobileMe account settings. See âSetting Up MobileMe Accountsâ on page 20. Use Find My iPod touch: Log in to your MobileMe account at www.me.com and go to the Find My iPhone section. Follow the onscreen instructions to locate your device on a map and use the other Find My iPod touch features. Chapter 3 Basics 43 Cleaning iPod touch Clean iPod touch immediately if it comes in contact with any contaminants that may cause stains, such as ink, dyes, makeup, dirt, food, oils, and lotions. To clean iPod touch, FKUEQPPGEVCNNECDNGUCPFVWTPQĂK2QFVQWEJ RTGUUCPFJQNFVJG1P1Ă5NGGR9CMG button, then slide the onscreen slider). Then use a soft, slightly damp, lint-free cloth. Avoid getting moisture in openings. Donât use window cleaners, household cleaners, aerosol sprays, solvents, alcohol, ammonia, or abrasives to clean iPod touch. For more information about handling iPod touch, see the iPod touch Important Product Information Guide at www.apple.com/support/manuals/ipodtouch. Restarting and Resetting iPod touch If something isnât working right, try restarting iPod touch, force quitting an app, or resetting iPod touch. Restart iPod touch: 2TGUUCPFJQNFVJG1P1Ă5NGGR9CMGDWVVQPWPVKNVJGTGFUNKFGT CRRGCTU5NKFG[QWT°PIGTCETQUUVJGUNKFGTVQVWTPQĂK2QFVQWEJ6QVWTPK2QFVQWEJ DCEMQPRTGUUCPFJQNFVJG1P1Ă5NGGR9CMGDWVVQPWPVKNVJG#RRNGNQIQCRRGCTU +H[QWECP¨VVWTPQĂK2QFVQWEJQTKHVJGRTQDNGOEQPVKPWGU[QWOC[PGGFVQTGUGV K2QFVQWEJ#TGUGVUJQWNFDGFQPGQPN[KHVWTPKPIK2QFVQWEJQĂCPFQPFQGUP¨V resolve the problem. Force quit an app: 2TGUUCPFJQNFVJG1P1Ă5NGGR9CMGDWVVQPHQTCHGYUGEQPFU until a red slider appears, then press and hold the Home button until the app quits. On iPod touch 3rd generation or later, you can also remove an app from the recents list to force it to quit. See âOpening and Switching Appsâ on page 23. Reset iPod touch: 2TGUUCPFJQNFVJG1P1Ă5NGGR9CMGDWVVQPCPFVJG*QOG button at the same time for at least ten seconds, until the Apple logo appears. For more troubleshooting suggestions, see Appendix A, âSupport and Other Information,â on page 205. 44 Chapter 3 Basics Syncing and File Sharing About Syncing Syncing copies information from your computer or online account to iPod touch, then keeps the information âin syncâ by copying changes made in one location to the other. You use iTunes on your computer to sync:  contacts, calendars, browser bookmarks, and notes  iOS apps  music, movies, and other iTunes content  photos and videos By default, syncing occurs whenever you connect iPod touch to your computer. ;QWECPCNUQEQP°IWTGK2QFVQWEJVQCEEGUUCEEQWPVUYKVJQPNKPGUGTXKEGRTQXKFGTU such as MobileMe, Microsoft Exchange, Google, Yahoo!, and others. Your information on those services is synced over the air. Syncing Accounts MobileMe, Microsoft Exchange, Google, Yahoo!, and other online service providers sync informationâwhich might include contacts, calendars, browser bookmarks, and notes (iPod touch 3rd generation or later)âvia your Wi-Fi Internet connection (over the air), so that you donât have to connect iPod touch to your computer. Syncing notes over the air is available on iPod touch 3rd generation or later. Some service providersâincluding MobileMe and Microsoft Exchangeâpush information updates. This means that syncing happens whenever any information is changed. The Push setting in Fetch New Data must be turned on (itâs on by default). Other providers sync by periodically âfetchingâ changes that have occurred. Use the Fetch setting to determine how frequently this happens. See âFetch New Dataâ on page 169. For information about setting up accounts on iPod touch, see âAdding Mail, Contacts, and Calendar Accountsâ on page 19. 45 Syncing with iTunes You can set iTunes to sync any or all of the following:  Music  Movies  TV Shows  Games and apps downloaded from the App Store  Music videos  Podcasts  Books and audiobooks  iTunes U collections  Photos and videos (in your computerâs photo application or folder)  Contactsânames, phone numbers, addresses, email addresses, and more  Calendarsâappointments and events  Notes  Email account settings  Webpage bookmarks ;QWECPCFLWUVU[PEUGVVKPIUYJGPGXGTK2QFVQWEJKUEQPPGEVGFVQ[QWTEQORWVGT Music, audiobooks, podcasts, books, iTunes U collections, videos, and apps are synced from your iTunes library. If you donât already have content in iTunes, the iTunes Store (not available in all countries or regions) makes it easy to preview content and download it to iTunes. You can also add music to your iTunes library from your CDs. To learn about iTunes and the iTunes Store, open iTunes and choose Help > iTunes Help. Contacts, calendars, notes, and webpage bookmarks are synced with applications on your computer, as described in the following section. Contacts and calendars are synced both ways between your computer and iPod touch. New entries or changes you make on iPod touch are synced to your computer, and vice versa. Notes and webpage bookmarks are also synced both ways. Photos and videos can be synced from an application or from a folder. Email account settings are synced only from your computerâs email application to iPod touch. This allows you to customize your email accounts on iPod touch without CĂGEVKPIGOCKNCEEQWPVUGVVKPIUQP[QWTEQORWVGT Note: You can also set up email accounts directly on iPod touch. See âAdding Mail, Contacts, and Calendar Accounts.â Purchases you make on iPod touch in the iTunes Store or the App Store are synced back to your iTunes library. You can also purchase or download content and apps from the iTunes Store on your computer, and then sync them to iPod touch. 46 Chapter 4 Syncing and File Sharing You can set iPod touch to sync with only a portion of whatâs on your computer. For example, you might want to sync only certain music playlists, or only unwatched video podcasts. Important: You should be logged in to your own user account on your computer before connecting iPod touch. Set up iTunes syncing: 1 Connect iPod touch to your computer, and open iTunes. 2 In iTunes, select iPod touch in the Devices list. 3 %QP°IWTGVJGU[PEUGVVKPIUKPGCEJQHVJGUGVVKPIURCPGU See the following section for descriptions of the panes. 4 Click Apply in the lower-right corner of the screen. By default, âOpen iTunes when this iPod touch is connectedâ is selected. iPod touch Settings Panes in iTunes The following sections provide an overview of each of the iPod touch settings panes. For more information, open iTunes and choose Help > iTunes Help. Note: Buttons for additional panes may appear in iTunes, depending on the types of content in your iTunes library. Summary Pane Select âOpen iTunes when this iPod touch is connectedâ to have iTunes open and sync iPod touch automatically whenever you connect it to your computer. Deselect this option if you want to sync only by clicking the Sync button in iTunes. For more information, see âAutomatic iTunes Syncingâ on page 50. Select âSync only checked songs and videosâ if you want iTunes to skip unchecked items in your iTunes library when syncing. Chapter 4 Syncing and File Sharing 47 Select âConvert higher bit rate songs to 128 kbps AACâ if you want iTunes to convert NCTIGTCWFKQ°NGUVQVJGUVCPFCTFK6WPGUCWFKQHQTOCVFWTKPIU[PEKPI 5GNGEVÂĽ/CPWCNN[OCPCIGOWUKECPFXKFGQUÂŚVQVWTPQĂCWVQOCVKEU[PEKPIKPVJG/WUKE and Video settings panes. See âManually Managing Contentâ on page 51. Select âEncrypt iPod backupâ if you want to encrypt the information stored on your computer when iTunes makes a backup. Encrypted backups are indicated by a lock icon, and a password is required to restore the information to iPod touch. See âBacking Up iPod touchâ on page 205. %NKEM%QP°IWTG7PKXGTUCN#EEGUUVQVWTPQP#EEGUUKDKNKV[HGCVWTGU K2QFVQWEJTF generation or later). See Chapter 27, âAccessibility,â on page 189. Apps Pane Use the Apps Pane to sync App Store apps, arrange apps on the iPod touch Home screen, or copy documents between iPod touch and your computer. Select âAutomatically sync new appsâ to sync new apps to iPod touch that you downloaded or synced from another device. If you delete an app on iPod touch, you can reinstall it from the Apps pane as long as it was previously synced. ;QWECPETGCVGFQEWOGPVUQPK2QFVQWEJYKVJCRRUVJCVUWRRQTV°NGUJCTKPICPFVJGP copy those documents to your computer. You can also copy documents from your EQORWVGTVQK2QFVQWEJCPFWUGVJGOYKVJCRRUVJCVUWRRQTV°NGUJCTKPI5GGÂĽFile Sharingâ on page 52. Music, Movies, TV Shows, Podcasts, iTunes U, and Books Panes Use these panes to specify the media you want to sync. You can sync all music, movies, TV shows, podcasts, iTunes U collections, books and audiobooks, or select the content you want. If you create a playlist folder (collection of playlists) in iTunes, the folder and its playlists will be synced to iPod touch. You canât create playlist folders directly on iPod touch. If you listen to part of a podcast or audiobook, your place in the story is included if you sync the content with iTunes. If you started listening to the story on iPod touch, you ECPRKEMWRYJGTG[QWNGHVQĂWUKPIK6WPGUQP[QWTEQORWVGT¤QTXKEGXGTUC If you want to watch a rented movie from your computer on iPod touch, sync it to iPod touch using the Movies pane in iTunes. Only songs and videos encoded in formats that iPod touch supports are synced to iPod touch. For information about which formats iPod touch supports, go to www.apple.com/ipodtouch/specs.html. Important: If you delete an item from iTunes, it will also be deleted from iPod touch the next time you sync. 48 Chapter 4 Syncing and File Sharing Photos Pane On a Mac, you can sync photos with Aperture or iPhoto 4.0.3 or later, and videos with iPhoto 5 or later. On a PC, you can sync photos with Adobe Photoshop Elements 8.0 or later. You can also sync photos and videos from any folder on your Mac or PC that contains images. Info Pane 6JG+PHQRCPGNGVU[QWEQP°IWTGVJGU[PEUGVVKPIUHQT[QWTEQPVCEVUECNGPFCTUGOCKN accounts, and web browser.  Contacts You can sync contacts with applications such as Mac OS X Address Book, Yahoo! Address Book, and Google Contacts on a Mac, or with Yahoo! Address Book, Google Contacts, Windows Address Book (Outlook Express), Windows Contacts (Vista and Windows 7), or Microsoft Outlook 2003, 2007, or 2010 on a PC. (On a Mac, you can sync contacts with multiple applications. On a PC, you can sync contacts with one application at a time.) +H[QWU[PEYKVJ;CJQQ#FFTGUU$QQM[QWQPN[PGGFVQENKEM%QP°IWTGVQGPVGT[QWT new login information when you change your Yahoo! ID or password after youâve set up syncing.  Calendars You can sync calendars from applications such as iCal on a Mac, or from Microsoft Outlook 2003, 2007, or 2010 on a PC. (On a Mac, you can sync calendars with multiple applications. On a PC, you can sync calendars with only one application at a time.)  Web Browser You can sync bookmarks from Safari on a Mac, or from Safari or Microsoft Internet Explorer on a PC.  Notes Sync notes in the Notes app on iPod touch with notes in Mail on a Mac or with Microsoft Outlook 2003, 2007, or 2010 on a PC.  Mail Accounts You can sync email account settings from Mail on a Mac, and from Microsoft Outlook 2003, 2007, or 2010 or Outlook Express on a PC. Account settings are only transferred from your computer to iPod touch. Changes you make to an email CEEQWPVQPK2QFVQWEJFQP¨VCĂGEVVJGCEEQWPVQP[QWTEQORWVGT Note: The password for your Yahoo! email account isnât saved on your computer, so it canât be synced and must be entered on iPod touch. In Settings, choose âMail, Contacts, Calendars,â tap your Yahoo! account, and enter the password.  Advanced These options let you replace the information on iPod touch with the information on your computer during the next sync. Chapter 4 Syncing and File Sharing 49 Automatic iTunes Syncing By default, iPod touch syncs whenever you connect it to iTunes. You can prevent iPod touch from syncing when you connect iPod touch to a computer other than the one you usually sync with. 6WTPQĂCWVQOCVKEU[PEKPIHQTK2QFVQWEJ 1 Connect iPod touch to your computer. 2 In iTunes, select iPod touch in the Devices list, then click Summary at the top of the screen. 3 Deselect âOpen iTunes when this iPod touch is connected.â 9JGPCWVQOCVKEU[PEKPIKUVWTPGFQĂ[QWECPUVKNNU[PED[ENKEMKPIVJG5[PEDWVVQP Prevent automatic syncing for all iPods, iPhones, and iPads: 1 In iTunes, choose iTunes > Preferences (on a Mac) or Edit > Preferences (on a PC). 2 Click Devices, then select âPrevent iPods, iPhones, and iPads from syncing automatically.â If this checkbox is selected, iPod touch wonât sync, even if âOpen iTunes when this iPod touch is connectedâ is selected in the Summary pane. Prevent automatic syncing one time, without changing settings: Open iTunes, connect iPod touch to your computer, then press and hold Command-Option (on a Mac) or Shift-Control (on a PC) until you see iPod touch appear in the sidebar. Sync manually: In iTunes, select iPod touch in the sidebar, then click Sync in the bottom-right corner of the window. Or, if youâve changed any sync settings, click Apply. 50 Chapter 4 Syncing and File Sharing Manually Managing Content 6JGOCPWCNN[OCPCIKPIHGCVWTGNGVU[QWEJQQUGLWUVVJGOWUKEXKFGQUCPFRQFECUVU you want to have on iPod touch. Set up iPod touch for manually managing content: 1 Connect iPod touch to your computer. 2 In iTunes, select iPod touch in the sidebar. 3 Click Summary at the top of the screen and select âManually manage music and videos.â 4 Click Apply. Add items to iPod touch: Drag a song, video, podcast, or playlist in your iTunes library to iPod touch (in the sidebar). Shift-click or Command-click (Mac) or Control-click (Windows) to select multiple items to add at the same time. iTunes syncs the content immediately. If you deselect âManually manage music and videos,â the content you added manually is removed from iPod touch the next time iTunes syncs content. Remove items from iPod touch: With iPod touch connected to your computer, select iPod touch in the iTunes sidebar, and click its disclosure triangle to show contents. Select a content area, such as Music or Movies, then select the items you want to delete and press the Delete key on the keyboard. Removing an item from iPod touch doesnât delete it from your iTunes library. Note: Genius does not work if you manually manage content. See âUsing Genius on iPod touchâ on page 59. Transferring Purchased Content to Another Computer You can transfer content on iPod touch that was purchased using iTunes on one computer to an iTunes library on another authorized computer. The computer must be authorized to play content from your Apple account. To authorize the computer, open iTunes on the computer and choose Store > Authorize Computer. Transfer purchased content: Connect iPod touch to the other computer. In iTunes, choose File > Transfer Purchases from iPod touch. Chapter 4 Syncing and File Sharing 51 File Sharing (KNG5JCTKPINGVU[QWVTCPUHGT°NGUDGVYGGPK2QFVQWEJCPF[QWTEQORWVGT;QWECP UJCTG°NGUETGCVGFYKVJCEQORCVKDNGCRRCPFUCXGFKPCUWRRQTVGFHQTOCV #RRUVJCVUWRRQTV°NGUJCTKPICRRGCTKPVJG(KNG5JCTKPI#RRUNKUVKPK6WPGU(QT each app, the Files list shows the documents that are on iPod touch. See the appâs FQEWOGPVCVKQPHQTJQYKVUJCTGU°NGU PQVCNNCRRUUWRRQTVVJKUHGCVWTG 6TCPUHGTC°NGHTQOK2QFVQWEJVQ[QWTEQORWVGT 1 Connect iPod touch to your computer. 2 In iTunes, select iPod touch in the Devices list, then click Apps at the top of the screen. 3 In the File Sharing section, select an app from the list on the left. 4 1PVJGTKIJVUGNGEVVJG°NG[QWYCPVVQVTCPUHGTVJGPENKEMÂĽ5CXGVQÂŚCPFEJQQUGC destination on your computer. 6TCPUHGTC°NGHTQO[QWTEQORWVGTVQK2QFVQWEJ 1 Connect iPod touch to your computer. 2 In iTunes, select iPod touch in the Devices list, then click Apps at the top of the screen. 3 In the File Sharing section, click Add. 4 5GNGEVC°NGVJGPENKEM%JQQUG /CE QT1- 2% 6JG°NGKUVTCPUHGTTGFVQ[QWTFGXKEGCPFECPDGQRGPGFWUKPICPCRRVJCVUWRRQTVU VJCV°NGV[RG6QVTCPUHGTOQTGVJCPQPG°NGUGNGEVGCEJCFFKVKQPCN°NG &GNGVGC°NGHTQOK2QFVQWEJ 5GNGEVVJG°NGKPVJG(KNGUNKUVVJGPVCR&GNGVG 52 Chapter 4 Syncing and File Sharing Music and Videos 7UGVJG/WUKECPF8KFGQUCRRUVQGPLQ[[QWTHCXQTKVGOWUKEYKFGUETGGPXKFGQUCPF more. Browse your content on iPod touch by playlist, artists, songs, videos, or other categories, or browse your album artwork using Cover Flow. Getting Music, Videos, and More There are two ways to get music, videos, and other content onto iPod touch:  Transfer music, videos, and more onto iPod touch by syncing content from iTunes QP[QWTEQORWVGT;QWECPU[PECNNQH[QWTOGFKCQT[QWECPUGNGEVURGEK°EUQPIU videos, podcasts, and iTunes U collections. See âSyncing with iTunesâ on page 46.  Use the iTunes Store on iPod touch to purchase and download songs, albums, TV shows, movies, music videos, and audiobooks directly to iPod touch. You can also stream and download audio and video podcasts, as well as iTunes U content. After listening to a podcast or watching a TV show, you can tap a built-in link to get more episodes from the iTunes Store. See Chapter 21, âiTunes Store,â on page 140. Music and Other Audio The high-resolution Multi-Touch display makes listening to songs on iPod touch as much a visual experience as a musical one. You can scroll through your playlists, or use Cover Flow to browse your album artwork. You can listen to audio from the internal speaker, headphones attached to the headphones port, or Bluetooth stereo headphones paired wirelessly. When headphones are attached or paired, no sound comes out of the speaker. WARNING: For important information about avoiding hearing loss, see the Important Product Information Guide at www.apple.com/support/manuals/ipodtouch. 53 Playing Songs and Other Audio You can browse content on iPod touch by playlists, artists, songs, videos, and other categories, or browse your album artwork using Cover Flow. Playlist folders, which you can sync from iTunes, let you organize playlists into groups. Browse your collection: Tap Playlists, Artists, or Songs. Tap More to browse Albums, Audiobooks, Compilations, Composers, Genres, iTunes U, Podcasts, or Videos. You can replace the browse buttons at the bottom of the screen with buttons you use more frequently. See âChanging the Browse Buttonsâ on page 66. Get more podcast episodes: 6CR2QFECUVU VCR/QTG°TUVKH2QFECUVUKUP¨VXKUKDNG VJGP tap a podcast to see a list of episodes. Tap âGet More EpisodesâŚâ to see a list of more episodes in the iTunes Store. Browse Genius Mixes: 6CR)GPKWU VCR/QTG°TUVKH)GPKWUKUP¨VXKUKDNG +H)GPKWU doesnât appear, you need to turn on Genius in iTunes, and then sync iPod touch with iTunes. See âUsing Genius on iPod touchâ on page 59. Play a song: Tap the song. 5JCMGVQUJWĂG 5JCMGK2QF VQWEJVQVWTPUJWĂGQPCPFEJCPIGUQPIU5JCMG anytime to change to another song. ;QWECPVWTP5JCMGVQ5JWĂGQPQTQĂKP5GVVKPIU /WUKE KV¨UQPD[FGHCWNV 5GGÂĽÂŚ QP page 166. Controlling Audio Playback When you play a song, the Now Playing screen appears. )HJR ;YHJR3PZ[ 7SH`7H\ZL 5L_[-HZ[MVY^HYK 7YL]PV\Z 9L^PUK 54 =VS\TL Chapter 5 Music and Videos Pause a song Tap . Resume playback Tap . Raise or lower the volume Drag the volume slider or use the buttons on the side of iPod touch. Restart a song or a chapter in an audiobook or podcast Tap Skip to the next song or chapter in an audiobook or podcast Tap Go to the previous song or chapter in an audiobook or podcast Tap Rewind or fast-forward or . The longer you hold the control, Touch and hold the faster the song rewinds or fast-forwards. Return to the iPod browse lists Tap Return to the Now Playing screen Tap Now Playing. Display a songâs lyrics Tap the album artwork when playing a song. (Lyrics appear if youâve added them to the song using the songâs Info window in iTunes.) twice. , or swipe to the right over the album artwork. Display audio playback controls from another app or from the Lock screen (iPod touch 3rd generation or later): Double-click the Home DWVVQPVJGPÂąKEMHTQO left to right along the bottom of the screen. The controls operate the currently playing app, or the most recent app that played, if the audio is paused. The icon for the active app appears on the right. You can tap the icon to open the app. If iPod touch is locked and music is playing, double-click the Home button. Note: On iPod touch 2nd generation, if youâre listening to music while using another app, or if iPod touch is locked, you can display the playback controls by double-clicking the Home button. Chapter 5 Music and Videos 55 Additional Audio Controls To display additional controls, tap the album artwork on the Now Playing screen. 6JGTGRGCV)GPKWUCPFUJWĂGEQPVTQNUCRRGCTCNQPIYKVJVJGUETWDDGTDCT;QWECP see elapsed time, remaining time, and the song number. The songâs lyrics also appear, if youâve added them to the song in iTunes. 6JGUETWDDGTDCTNGVU[QWUMKRVQCP[RQKPVCNQPIVJGVKOGNKPG;QWECPCFLWUVVJG UETWDTCVGHTQOJKIJURGGFVQ°PGD[UNKFKPI[QWT°PIGTFQYPCU[QWFTCIVJG playhead along the scrubber bar. 9LWLH[ .LUP\Z 7SH`OLHK 56 :O\MMSL :JY\IILYIHY Set iPod touch to repeat songs Tap . Tap again to set iPod touch to repeat only the current song. = iPod touch is set to repeat all songs in the current album or list. = iPod touch is set to repeat the current song over and over. = iPod touch isnât set to repeat songs. Skip to any point in a song &TCIVJGRNC[JGCFCNQPIVJGUETWDDGTDCT5NKFG[QWT°PIGT FQYPVQCFLWUVVJGUETWDTCVG6JGUETWDTCVGDGEQOGUUNQYGT VJGHCTVJGTFQYP[QWUNKFG[QWT°PIGT Make a Genius playlist Tap . The Genius playlist appears, with buttons that let you create a new Genius playlist, refresh the current one, or save the playlist. See âUsing Genius on iPod touchâ on page 59. 5GVK2QFVQWEJVQUJWĂGUQPIU again to set iPod touch to play songs in order. Tap . Tap K2QFVQWEJKUUGVVQUJWĂGUQPIU = iPod touch is set to play songs in order. 5JWĂGVJGVTCEMUKPCP[RNC[NKUV album, or other list of songs 6CR5JWĂGCVVJGVQRQHVJGNKUV(QTGZCORNGVQUJWĂGCNNVJG UQPIUQPK2QFVQWEJEJQQUG5QPIU 5JWĂG 9JGVJGTQTPQVK2QFVQWEJKUUGVVQUJWĂGKH[QWVCR5JWĂG at the top of a list of songs, iPod touch plays the songs from that list in random order. Hide lyrics +P5GVVKPIUEJQQUG/WUKEVJGPVWTP.[TKEU2QFECUV+PHQQĂ Chapter 5 Music and Videos Podcast and Audiobook Controls Additional controls and information appear on the Now Playing screen when you begin playback. The email, 30-second repeat, and playback speed controls appear along with the scrubber bar. You can see elapsed time, remaining time, and the episode or chapter number. 6JGUETWDDGTDCTNGVU[QWUMKRVQCP[RQKPVCNQPIVJGVKOGNKPG;QWECPCFLWUVVJG UETWDTCVGHTQOJKIJURGGFVQ°PGD[UNKFKPI[QWT°PIGTFQYPCU[QWFTCIVJG playhead along the scrubber bar. ,THPS ZLJVUKYLWLH[ 7SH`IHJR ZWLLK :JY\IILYIHY 7SH`OLHK Send an email link to this podcast Tap Skip to any point &TCIVJGRNC[JGCFCNQPIVJGUETWDDGTDCT5NKFG[QWT°PIGT FQYPVQCFLWUVVJGUETWDTCVG6JGUETWDTCVGDGEQOGUUNQYGT VJGHCTVJGTFQYP[QWUNKFG[QWT°PIGT Play back the last 30 seconds Tap Set the playback speed Tap Show or hide the controls Tap in the center of the screen. Hide podcast information +P5GVVKPIUEJQQUG/WUKEVJGPVWTP.[TKEU2QFECUV+PHQQĂ . Tap again to change the speed. = Play at double speed. = Play at half speed. = Play at normal speed. Using Voice Control with iPod You can use Voice Control (iPod touch 3rd generation or later) to control music playback on iPod touch. Note: iPod touch 3rd generation requires the Apple Earphones with Remote and Mic or a compatible accessory with microphone. Voice Control may not be available in all languages. Use Voice Control: Press and hold the Home button until the Voice Control screen appears and you hear a beep. Then use the commands described below to play songs. Chapter 5 Music and Videos 57 Control music playback Say âplayâ or âplay music.â To pause, say âpauseâ or âpause music.â You can also say ânext songâ or âprevious song.â Play an album, artist, or playlist Say âplay,â then say âalbum,â âartist,â or âplaylistâ and the name. 5JWĂGVJGEWTTGPVRNC[NKUV 5C[ÂĽUJWĂGÂŚ Find out more about the currently playing song Say âwhatâs playing,â âwhat song is this,â âwho sings this song,â or âwho is this song by.â Use Genius to play similar songs Say âGenius,â âplay more like this,â or âplay more songs like this.â Cancel Voice Control Say âcancelâ or âstop.â Browsing Album Artwork in Cover Flow When youâre browsing music, you can rotate iPod touch sideways to see your iTunes content in Cover Flow and browse your music by album artwork. 58 Browse album artwork Drag left or right. See the tracks on an album Tap the album artwork or Play any track Tap the track. Drag up or down to scroll through the tracks. Return to the artwork Tap the title bar. Or tap Play or pause the current song Tap Chapter 5 Music and Videos or . again. Viewing All Tracks on an Album See all the tracks on the album that contains the current song: On the Now Playing screen, tap . Tap a track to play it. Tap the album artwork thumbnail to return to the Now Playing screen. 9H[PUNIHY )HJR[V5V^ 7SH`PUN ZJYLLU (SI\T[YHJRZ In track list view, you can assign ratings to songs. You can use ratings to create smart playlists in iTunes that dynamically update to include, for example, your highest rated songs. Rate a song: &TCI[QWT°PIGTCETQUUVJGTCVKPIDCTVQIKXGVJGUQPI\GTQVQ°XGUVCTU Searching Audio Content You can search the titles, artists, albums, and composers of songs, podcasts, and other content youâve synced to iPod touch. Search music: 'PVGTVGZVKPVJGUGCTEJ°GNFCVVJGVQRQHCUQPINKUVRNC[NKUVCTVKUVNKUV or other view of your iPod content. (Tap the status bar to scroll quickly to the top of a NKUVCPFTGXGCNVJGUGCTEJ°GNF Search results appear as you type. Tap Search to dismiss the keyboard and see more of the results. Audio content is included in searches from the Home screen. See âSearchingâ on page 38. Using Genius on iPod touch )GPKWU°PFUUQPIUKP[QWTK6WPGUNKDTCT[VJCVIQITGCVVQIGVJGT#)GPKWURNC[NKUVKUC collection of songs that are picked for you to go with a song you choose from your library. A Genius Mix is a selection of songs of the same kind of music. Genius Mixes are recreated each time you listen to them, so theyâre always new and fresh. You can create Genius playlists in iTunes and sync them to iPod touch. You can also create and save Genius playlists directly on iPod touch. Chapter 5 Music and Videos 59 )GPKWU/KZGUCTGETGCVGFCWVQOCVKECNN[HQT[QWD[K6WPGUK6WPGUETGCVGUFKĂGTGPV mixes depending on the variety of music you have in your iTunes library. For example, you may have Genius Mixes that highlight R&B songs, or Alternative Rock songs. 6QWUG)GPKWUQPK2QFVQWEJ°TUVVWTPQP)GPKWUKPK6WPGUVJGPU[PEK2QFVQWEJYKVJ iTunes. Genius Mixes are synced automatically, unless you manually manage your music and choose which mixes you want to sync in iTunes. Genius is a free service, but it requires an Apple account. When you sync a Genius Mix, iTunes may select and sync songs from your library that [QWJCXGP¨VURGEK°ECNN[EJQUGPVQU[PE Browse Genius Mixes: 6CR)GPKWU VCR/QTG°TUVKH)GPKWUKUP¨VXKUKDNG 6JGPWODGTQH dots at the bottom of the screen shows the number of mixes youâve synced from iTunes, and indicates which mix youâre viewing. Flick left or right to access your other mixes. Play a Genius Mix: Tap the mix or tap . Make a Genius playlist on iPod touch: 1 6CR2NC[NKUVU VCR/QTG°TUVKH2NC[NKUVUKUP¨VXKUKDNG VJGPVCR)GPKWU2NC[NKUV 2 Tap a song in the list. Genius creates a playlist with additional songs that go great with that song. You can also make a Genius playlist of songs that go great with the song youâre playing. Tap the album artwork on the Now Playing screen to display additional controls, then tap . Save a Genius playlist: In the playlist, tap Save. The playlist is saved in Playlists with the title of the song you picked. You can make and save as many Genius playlists as you want. If you save a Genius playlist created on iPod touch, it syncs back to iTunes the next time you connect. Refresh a Genius playlist: In the playlist, tap Refresh. 60 Chapter 5 Music and Videos 4GHTGUJKPICRNC[NKUVETGCVGUCRNC[NKUVQHFKĂGTGPVUQPIUVJCVIQITGCVYKVJVJGUQPI you picked. You can refresh any Genius playlist, whether it was created in iTunes and synced to iPod touch, or created directly on iPod touch. /CMGC)GPKWURNC[NKUVWUKPICFKĂGTGPVUQPI Tap Genius Playlist, then tap New and pick a song. Delete a saved Genius playlist: Tap the Genius playlist, then tap Delete. Once a Genius playlist is synced back to iTunes, you wonât be able to delete it directly from iPod touch. You can use iTunes to edit the playlist name, stop syncing, or delete the playlist. Making Playlists You can create and edit your own playlists on iPod touch. You can also edit playlists synced from iTunes on your computer. Make a playlist: 1 6CR2NC[NKUVU VCR/QTG°TUVKH2NC[NKUVUKUP¨VXKUKDNG VJGPVCRÂĽ#FF2NC[NKUVÂÂŚ 2 Type a name for your playlist, then tap Save. 3 Browse for songs using the buttons at the bottom of the screen. Tap any song or video to add it to the playlist. Tap Add All Songs at the top of any list of songs to add all the songs in the list. 4 9JGP[QW°PKUJVCR&QPG When you make a playlist and then sync iPod touch to your computer, the playlist is synced to your iTunes library. Edit a playlist: 1 6CR2NC[NKUVU VCR/QTG°TUVKH2NC[NKUVUKUP¨VXKUKDNG VJGPVCRVJGRNC[NKUV[QWYCPVVQGFKV 2 Tap Edit, then do one of the following:  To move a song higher or lower in the list, drag next to the song.  To delete a song from the playlist, tap next to a song, then tap Delete. Deleting a song from a playlist doesnât delete it from iPod touch.  To add more songs, tap 3 9JGP[QW°PKUJVCR&QPG When you edit a playlist and then sync iPod touch to your computer, the playlist is synced to your iTunes library. Delete a playlist: In Playlists, tap the playlist you want to delete, then tap Delete (scroll VQVJGVQRQHVJGNKUVVQTGXGCNVJG&GNGVGDWVVQP %QP°TOD[VCRRKPI&GNGVG2NC[NKUV Clear a playlist: In Playlists, tap the playlist you want to clear, then tap Clear (scroll to VJGVQRQHVJGNKUVVQTGXGCNVJG%NGCTDWVVQP %QP°TOD[VCRRKPI%NGCT2NC[NKUV Chapter 5 Music and Videos 61 Videos With iPod touch, you can view video content such as movies, music videos, and video podcasts. If a video contains chapters, you can skip to the next or previous chapter, or bring up a list and start playing at any chapter that you choose. If a video provides alternate language features, you can choose an audio language or display subtitles. Playing Videos Play a video: 6CR8KFGQU VCR/QTG°TUVKH8KFGQUKUP¨VXKUKDNG VJGPVCRVJGXKFGQ Display playback controls: Tap the screen to show the controls. Tap again to hide them. Get more podcast or TV show episodes: 6CR8KFGQU VCR/QTG°TUVKH8KFGQUKUP¨V visible), then tap a podcast or TV show to see a list of episodes. Tap âGet More EpisodesâŚâ to see a list of more episodes in the iTunes Store. Controlling Video Playback Videos play in landscape orientation to take full advantage of the widescreen display. 6JGUETWDDGTDCTNGVU[QWUMKRVQCP[RQKPVCNQPIVJGVKOGNKPG;QWECPCFLWUVVJGUETWD TCVGD[UNKFKPI[QWT°PIGTFQYPCU[QWFTCIVJGRNC[JGCFCNQPIVJGUETWDDGTDCT :JY\IILYIHY 7SH`OLHK :JHSL 7SH`7H\ZL 5L_[-HZ[ MVY^HYK 9LZ[HY[9L^PUK 62 =VS\TL Pause a video Tap . Resume playback Tap . Raise or lower the volume Drag the volume slider. Start a video over Drag the playhead on the scrubber bar all the way to the left, if the video doesnât contain chapters. or tap Skip to the next chapter (if available) Tap Go to the previous chapter (if available) Tap Chapter 5 Music and Videos 5VCTVRNC[KPICVCURGEK°EEJCRVGT (if available) Tap , then choose a chapter from the list. Rewind or fast-forward Touch and hold Skip to any point in a video &TCIVJGRNC[JGCFCNQPIVJGUETWDDGTDCT5NKFG[QWT°PIGT FQYPVQCFLWUVVJGUETWDTCVG6JGUETWDTCVGDGEQOGUUNQYGT VJGHCTVJGTFQYP[QWUNKFG[QWT°PIGT Stop watching a video before it °PKUJGURNC[KPI Tap Done. Or press the Home or button. VQOCMGVJGXKFGQ°NNVJGUETGGP6CR to make 5ECNGCXKFGQVQ°NNVJGUETGGPQT°V Tap KV°VVJGUETGGP;QWECPCNUQFQWDNGVCRVJGXKFGQVQUYKVEJ to the screen DGVYGGP°VVKPICPF°NNKPIVJGUETGGP 9JGP[QWUECNGCXKFGQVQ°NNVJGUETGGPVJGUKFGUQTVQROC[ DGETQRRGFHTQOXKGY9JGP[QWUECNGKVVQ°VVJGUETGGP[QW may see black bars on the sides or above and below the video. Select an alternate audio language (if available) Tap , then choose a language from the Audio list. Show or hide subtitles (if available) Tap VJGPEJQQUGCNCPIWCIGQT1ĂHTQOVJG5WDVKVNGUNKUV Searching for Videos You can search the titles of movies, TV shows, and video podcasts youâve synced to iPod touch. Search for a video: 'PVGTVGZVKPVJGUGCTEJ°GNFCVVJGVQRQHVJGNKUVQHXKFGQU Search results appear as you type. Tap Search to dismiss the keyboard and see more of the results. Video content is included in searches from the Home screen. See âSearchingâ on page 38. Chapter 5 Music and Videos 63 Watching Rented Movies and TV Shows You can rent movies from the iTunes Store and watch them on iPod touch. You can download rented movies and TV shows directly to iPod touch, or transfer movies from iTunes on your computer to iPod touch. (Rented movies and TV shows may not be available in all countries or regions.) See âPurchasing or Renting Videosâ on page 144. A movie or TV show must be completely downloaded before you can start watching it. You can pause a download and resume it later. Rented movies and TV shows expire after a certain time, and once you start a movie or 68UJQY[QWJCXGCNKOKVGFCOQWPVQHVKOGVQ°PKUJYCVEJKPIKV6JGVKOGTGOCKPKPI appears near the title. Rented items are automatically deleted when they expire. Before renting a movie or TV show, check the iTunes Store for the rental period. View a rented movie or TV show: 6CR8KFGQU VCR/QTG°TUVKH8KFGQUKUP¨VXKUKDNG then select the movie or TV show. On iPod touch 2nd generation and iPod touch 3rd generation, you can transfer rented movies between iPod touch and your computer. On iPod touch 4th generation, you can transfer rented movies between iPod touch and your computer only if they were rented in iTunes on your computer. Movies rented on iPod touch 4th generation cannot be transferred to your computer. Transfer a rented movie between iPod touch and your computer: 1 Connect iPod touch to your computer. 2 In iTunes, select iPod touch in the Devices list, then click Movies. 3 Click Move next to the item you want to transfer, then click Apply. Your computer must be connected to the Internet. Watching Videos on a TV You can connect iPod touch to your TV and watch your videos on the large screen. Use the Apple Component AV Cable, Apple Composite AV Cable, or other authorized iPod touch compatible cable. You can also use these cables with the Apple Universal Dock to connect iPod touch to your TV. The Apple Universal Dock includes a remote that lets you control playback from a distance. Apple cables and docks are available for purchase separately. Go to www.apple.com/ipodstore (may not be available in all countries or regions) or check with your local Apple retailer. 64 Chapter 5 Music and Videos Converting Videos for iPod touch You can add videos other than those purchased from the iTunes Store to iPod touch, such as videos you create in iMovie on a Mac, or videos you download from the Internet and then add to iTunes. If you try to add a video from iTunes to iPod touch and a message says the video canât play on iPod touch, you can convert the video. Convert a video to work with iPod touch: Select the video in your iTunes library and choose Advanced > âCreate iPod or iPhone Version.â Then add the converted video to iPod touch. Deleting Videos from iPod touch You can delete videos from iPod touch to save space. Delete a video: In the videos list, swipe left or right over the video, then tap Delete. Deleting a video from iPod touch (other than a rented movie or TV show) doesnât delete the video from your iTunes library. It may reappear on iPod touch if the video in iTunes is still set to sync. Important: If you delete a rented movie or TV show from iPod touch, itâs deleted permanently and cannot be transferred back to your computer. Setting a Sleep Timer You can set iPod touch to stop playing music or videos after a period of time. Set a sleep timer: (TQOVJG*QOGUETGGPEJQQUG%NQEM 6KOGTVJGPÂąKEMVQUGVVJG number of hours and minutes. Tap When Timer Ends and choose Sleep iPod, tap Set, then tap Start to start the timer. When the timer ends, iPod touch stops playing music or video, closes any other open app, and then locks itself. Chapter 5 Music and Videos 65 Changing the Browse Buttons You can replace the browse buttons at the bottom of the screen with buttons you use more frequently. For example, if you often listen to podcasts, you can replace the Songs button with Podcasts. Change the browse buttons: Tap More and tap Edit, then drag a button to the bottom of the screen, over the button you want to replace. You can drag the buttons at the bottom of the screen left or right to rearrange them. 6CR&QPGYJGP[QW°PKUJ6CR/QTGCVCP[VKOGVQCEEGUUVJGDWVVQPU[QWTGRNCEGF 66 Chapter 5 Music and Videos FaceTime About FaceTime FaceTime lets you make video calls over Wi-Fi. Use the front camera to talk face-to-face, or the main camera to share what you see around you. To use FaceTime, you need an iPod touch 4th generation and a Wi-Fi Internet connection. For help, see âConnecting to the Internetâ on page 19. The person youâre calling must also have a Wi-Fi Internet connection, no matter whether they have an iPod touch 4th generation or an iPhone 4. Note: FaceTime may not be available in all countries or regions. 67 Signing In To sign in to FaceTime, you need an Apple ID. If you already have an iTunes Store account, MobileMe account, or other Apple account, you can use that Apple ID with FaceTime. If you donât have an Apple account, you can create a new one when you open FaceTime. You donât need to sign in and sign out every time you use FaceTime. Once youâve signed in, you go right to your contacts when you open FaceTime. Sign in to FaceTime: 1 Open FaceTime, enter your Apple ID and password, then tap Sign In. If you donât already have an Apple account, you can tap Create New Account and set one up now. 2 On the Location screen, choose your current region and tap Next. 3 On the FaceTime screen, enter the email address others should use to call you in (CEG6KOGVJGPVCR0GZV+HVJKUKUVJG°TUVVKOG[QW¨XGWUGFVJKUCFFTGUUHQT(CEG6KOG [QWOC[PGGFVQEJGEMHQTPGYGOCKNKPVJCVCEEQWPVCPFTGRN[VQVJGEQP°TOCVKQP message from Apple. (If youâve already added the account to Mail on your iPod touch, XGTK°ECVKQPKUCWVQOCVKE Now you can choose a contact and start a FaceTime call, and others can call you using the email address you provided. If you use more than one email address, you can add the others, as described below. Create a new account: 1 Open FaceTime and tap Create New Account. 2 Enter your account information on the New Account screeen, then tap Next. The email address you enter will be the Apple ID for the new account. 3 On the Location screen, choose your current region and tap Next. 4 On the FaceTime screen, enter the email address you want others to use to call you, then tap Next. This address doesnât need to be the same as the address you entered for your account ID, but it must be a working email address. 5 4GRN[VQVJGEQP°TOCVKQPGOCKNUGPVHTQO#RRNGVQVJGGOCKNCFFTGUU[QWGPVGTGFKP the previous step. If you have more than one email address, you can let people call you using any of them. Add email addresses: Choose Settings > FaceTime, then tap Add Another Email. Sign out: Choose Settings > FaceTime, then tap Account. You donât need to sign out of (CEG6KOG¤LWUVUKIPKPQPEGCPFQRGP(CEG6KOGNCVGTYKVJQWVDGKPICUMGFVQUKIPKP again. You canât receive FaceTime calls while youâre signed out. Change FaceTime settings: Choose Settings > FaceTime. See âFaceTimeâ on page 167. 68 Chapter 6 FaceTime Making a Call To make a FaceTime call, choose someone from your contacts, favorites, or list of recent calls. Buttons at the bottom of the FaceTime screen give you quick access to all three. Connect with a contact: Tap Contacts, choose a name, then tap FaceTime. If you donât see the FaceTime button, make sure FaceTime is turned on in Settings. Add a contact: Tap Contacts, tap , then enter the personâs name and their email address or phone number. Enter an email address for someone using an iPod touch, or enter a phone number for someone using an iPhone 4. For a contact whoâs outside your region, be sure to enter the complete number, including country code and area codeâfor example, +1 (408) 555-0125 in the United States. Restart a recent call: Tap Recents, then choose a name or number. Connect with a favorite: Tap Favorites, then tap a name in the list. While Youâre Talking While talking to someone in FaceTime, you can switch cameras, change camera orientation, mute your microphone, move your picture-in-picture display, open CPQVJGTCRRNKECVKQPCPF°PCNN[GPF[QWTECNN Switch between the front and main cameras: Tap Change camera orientation: Rotate iPod touch. The image your friend sees changes to match. To avoid unwanted orientation changes as you move the camera around, lock iPod touch in portrait orientation. See âViewing in Portrait or Landscape Orientationâ on page 26. Chapter 6 FaceTime 69 Mute your microphone: Tap hear your friend. . Your friend can still see you, and you can still see and Move your picture-in-picture display: Drag the small window to any corner. Use another application during a call: Press the Home button, then tap an application icon. You can still talk with your friend, but you canât see each other. To return to the video, tap the green bar at the top of the screen. End the call: Tap 70 Chapter 6 FaceTime Camera About Camera With iPod touch 4th generation, you can capture photos and video wherever you go. K2QFVQWEJVJIGPGTCVKQPJCUCOCKPECOGTCVJCVVCMGURJQVQUCPFJKIJFG°PKVKQP video, and a front camera that lets you make FaceTime video calls and take photos and videos of yourself. The main camera is on the back of iPod touch. You use the screen to control the camera and to see the photo or video youâre taking. You can tap anywhere on the screen to set the exposure based on that part of the image. If you have a Wi-Fi connection and location services is turned on, photos and videos are tagged with location data. You can use location data with some apps and photosharing websites to track and post where you took the photos. For example, the Photos app organizes photos by places. Note: +HNQECVKQPUGTXKEGUKUVWTPGFQĂYJGP[QWQRGP%COGTC[QWOC[DGCUMGFVQ turn it on. If you donât want to include location data with your photos and videos, you can use Camera without turning on location services. See âLocation Servicesâ on page 159. 71 Taking Photos and Recording Videos Taking photos and recording videos with iPod touch is as easy as point and tap. :^P[JOJHTLYHZ ,_WVZ\YLHYLH AVVT *HTLYH=PKLV Z^P[JO ;O\TIUHPSVM SHZ[ZOV[ ;HW[V [HRLWOV[V Take a photo: Aim iPod touch and tap Make sure the Camera/Video switch is set to When you take a photo or start a video recording, iPod touch makes a shutter sound. You can use the volume buttons on the side of the iPod touch to control the volume of the shutter sound. Record a video: Slide the Camera/Video switch to , then tap to start recording. The record button blinks while Camera is recording. Tap again to stop recording. Tap the screen to bring up the camera controls. Change the exposure: Tap where you want to set the exposure.%COGTCCFLWUVUVJG exposure for the selected area of the image. In camera mode, tapping also displays the zoom control at the bottom of the screen. Zoom in or out: Tap the screen, then drag the slider at the bottom of the screen to zoom in or out (main camera, in camera mode only). Switch between the main and front cameras: Tap the screen. in the upper-right corner of Review a photo or video youâve just taken: Tap the thumbnail of your last shot, in the lower-left corner of the screen. Use the left and right arrows at the bottom of the screen to review other photos and XKFGQUKPVJG%COGTC4QNNQTLWUVÂąKEMNGHVQTTKIJV6CR&QPGVQTGVWTPVQECOGTCQT video mode. If you donât see the controls, tap the screen to display them. 72 Chapter 7 Camera Delete a photo or video: Tap . If you donât see , tap the screen to display the controls. Take a screenshot: 3WKEMN[RTGUUCPFTGNGCUGVJG1P1Ă5NGGR9CMGCPF*QOG DWVVQPUCVVJGUCOGVKOG#ÂąCUJQHVJGUETGGPNGVU[QWMPQYVJGUETGGPUJQVYCU taken. The screenshot is added to the Camera Roll album. Viewing and Sharing Photos and Videos The photos and videos you take with Camera are saved in the Camera Roll album on iPod touch. You can view the Camera Roll album from either Camera or Photos. View photos and videos in the Camera Roll album: In Camera, tap the thumbnail image in the lower-left corner of the screen. In Photos, tap the Camera Roll album. Tap VJGNGHVQTTKIJVDWVVQPQTÂąKEMNGHVQTTKIJVVQÂąKRVJTQWIJVJGRJQVQUCPFXKFGQU When viewing a photo or video in the Camera Roll album, tap the screen to display the controls. For more information about viewing and sharing photos and videos, see:  â Viewing Photos and Videosâ on page 76  âSharing Photos and Videosâ on page 78 Trimming Videos ;QWECPVTKOVJGHTCOGUHTQOVJGDGIKPPKPICPFGPFQHCXKFGQVJCV[QWLWUVTGEQTFGF or any other video in the Camera Roll album. You can replace the original video or save the trimmed version as a new video clip. Trim a video: 1 While viewing a video, tap the screen to display the controls. 2 Drag either end of the frame viewer at the top of the video, then tap Trim. 3 Tap Trim Original or âSave as New Clip.â Important: If you choose Trim Original, the trimmed frames are permanently deleted from the original video. If you choose âSave as New Clip,â a new trimmed video clip is UCXGFKPVJG%COGTC4QNNCNDWOCPFVJGQTKIKPCNXKFGQKUWPCĂGEVGF Chapter 7 Camera 73 Uploading Photos and Videos to Your Computer You can upload the photos and videos you take with Camera to photo applications on your computer, such as iPhoto on a Mac. Upload photos and videos to your computer: Connect iPod touch to your computer.  Mac: Select the photos and videos you want and click the Import or Download button in iPhoto or other supported photo application on your computer.  PC: Follow the instructions that came with your photo application. If you delete the photos and videos from iPod touch when you upload them to your computer, theyâre removed from the Camera Roll album. You can use the Photos settings pane in iTunes to sync photos and videos (videos can be synced with Macs only) to the Photos app on iPod touch. See âiPod touch Settings Panes in iTunesâ on page 47. 74 Chapter 7 Camera Photos About Photos iPod touch lets you carry photos and videos with you, so you can share them with your family, friends, and associates. You can sync photos and videos from your computer, view photos and videos taken with iPod touch, and use photos as wallpaper. You can also send photos and videos in email messages, and upload photos and videos to MobileMe galleries. Note: Video and camera features are available on iPod touch 4th generation. Syncing Photos and Videos with Your Computer iTunes can sync your photos and videos with the following applications:  Mac: iPhoto 4.0.3 or later (syncing videos requires iPhoto 5 or later), or Aperture (photos only)  PC: Adobe Photoshop Elements 8.0 or later (photos only) You can also sync photos and videos from any folder on your computer that contains images. See âSyncing with iTunesâ on page 46. iPod touch supports H.264 and MPEG-4 video formats, with AAC audio. If you are having trouble syncing a video to iPod touch, you might be able to use iTunes to create an iPod touch version of the video. Create an iPod touch version of a video: 1 Copy the video to your iTunes library. 2 In iTunes, select Movies in the Library list and select the video you want to sync. 3 Choose Advanced > âCreate iPod or iPhone Version.â For more information, go to support.apple.com/kb/HT1211. 75 Viewing Photos and Videos Photos and videos you take with iPod touch 4th generation, sync from your computer, or save from an email can be viewed in Photos. If you sync photos with iPhoto 8.0 (part of iLife â09) or later, you can view your photos and videos by the events and faces [QW¨XGKFGPVK°GF;QWECPCNUQUGGVJGRNCEGUYJGTG[QWTRJQVQUCPFXKFGQUYGTG taken if theyâre tagged with location data. View photos and videos: 1 In Photos, tap a photo album. Tap the buttons at the bottom of the screen to view your photos and videos by albums, events, faces, or places if available. Photos are sorted by creation date. If you tap Places, a map shows each location that youâve tagged photos from. Tap a pin, then tap to see your photos and videos from that location. 2 Tap a thumbnail to see the photo or video in full screen. Show or hide the controls: Tap the full-screen photo or video to show the controls. Tap again to hide the controls. Play a video: Tap in the center of the screen. To replay a video, tap to show the controls. at the bottom of the screen. If you donât see , tap the screen View a photo or video in landscape orientation: Rotate iPod touch sideways. The photo QTXKFGQTQVCVGUCWVQOCVKECNN[CPFKHKV¨UKPYKFGUETGGPHQTOCVGZRCPFUVQ°VVJGUETGGP 76 Chapter 8 Photos Zoom in on part of a photo: Double-tap where you want to zoom in. Double-tap again to zoom out. You can also pinch to zoom in or out. 8KGYXKFGQKPHWNNUETGGPQT°VXKFGQVQUETGGP Double tap the screen to scale the XKFGQVQ°NNVJGUETGGP&QWDNGVCRCICKPVQ°VVJGXKFGQVQVJGUETGGP Pan around a photo: Drag the photo. See the next or previous photo or video: Flick left or right. Or tap the screen to show the controls, then tap or . Deleting Photos and Videos You can delete photos and videos from Camera Roll on iPod touch (or from Saved Photos in iPod touch 3rd generation or earlier). Delete photos and videos: 1 Tap in the upper-right corner of the screen. 2 Tap to select the photos and videos you want to delete. The Delete button indicates the number of items you select. 3 Tap Delete. Chapter 8 Photos 77 Slideshows You can view a photo album as a slideshow, complete with background music. View a photo album as a slideshow: Tap an album, then tap . Videos play automatically when they appear during the slideshow. Stop a slideshow: Tap the screen. Set slideshow settings: In Settings, choose Photos and set the following options:  To set the length of time each slide is shown, tap Play Each Slide For and choose a time.  6QUGVVTCPUKVKQPGĂGEVUYJGPOQXKPIHTQORJQVQVQRJQVQtap Transition and choose a transition type.  To set whether slideshows repeat, VWTP4GRGCVQPQTQĂ Â To set whether photos and videos are shown in random order, VWTP5JWĂGQPQTQĂ Play music during a slideshow: In iPod, play a song, then choose Photos on the Home screen and start a slideshow. Sharing Photos and Videos You can send photos and videos in email messages, add photos and videos to MobileMe galleries, and publish videos to YouTube. You can also copy and paste photos and videos, save photos and videos from email messages to Photos, and save images from webpages to Photos. Video sharing features are available only on iPod touch 4th generation. Sending a Photo or Video in an Email Message Send a photo or video in an email message: 1 Choose a photo or video and tap . If you donât see the controls. , tap the screen to show 2 Tap Email Photo/Video. The photo or video appears in a new mail message window. 3 Compose your message, then tap Send. 4 If sending a photo, you may be asked if you want to reduce the message size by scaling the image. Tap the size you want to use. Send multiple photos or videos at the same time: When viewing thumbnails in an album, tap , then tap to select the photos you want to send, tap Share, and tap Email. If necessary, iPod touch may compress the photo or video. To learn about taking photos and videos, see Chapter 7, âCamera,â on page 71. 78 Chapter 8 Photos Copying and Pasting Photos and Videos You can copy a photo or video from Photos and paste it in an email message. Some third-party apps may also support copying and pasting photos and videos. Copy a photo or video: *QNF[QWT°PIGTQPVJGUETGGPWPVKNVJG%QR[DWVVQPCRRGCTU then tap Copy. Copy multiple photos or videos: 1 Tap in the upper-right corner of the screen. 2 Tap to select the photos and videos you want to copy. The Copy button indicates the number of items you select. 3 Tap Copy. Paste a photo or video: Tap to place the insertion point where you want to place the photo or video, then tap the insertion point and tap Paste. Adding a Photo or Video to a MobileMe Gallery If you have a MobileMe account, you can add photos and videos directly from iPod touch to a gallery youâve created. You can also add photos and videos to someone elseâs MobileMe gallery if that person has enabled email contributions. Before you can add photos or videos to a gallery in your MobileMe account, you must:  Set up your MobileMe account on iPod touch  Publish a MobileMe gallery, and allow adding photos via email or iPod touch  Join a Wi-Fi network thatâs connected to the Internet For more information about creating a gallery and adding photos and videos to it, see MobileMe Help. Add a photo or video to your gallery: Choose a photo or video and tap , then tap âSend to MobileMe.â Enter a title and description, if you like, then select the album to add the photo or video to and tap Publish. If you donât see , tap the screen to show the controls. iPod touch tells you when the photo or video has been published, and gives you options to view it on MobileMe or email a link to a friend. Adding a photo or video to someone elseâs gallery: Choose a photo or video and tap , then tap âEmail Photo/Video.â Enter the albumâs email address, then click Send. Chapter 8 Photos 79 Publishing Videos to YouTube If you have a YouTube account, you can publish videos directly from iPod touch 4th generation to YouTube. Some videos may not be transferable, depending on the length of the movie or other factors. Publish a video to YouTube: 1 While viewing a video, tap , then tap âSend to YouTube.â 2 Sign in to your YouTube account. 3 Enter publishing information such as Title, Description, and Tags. 4 Tap Category to choose a category. 5 Tap Publish. Saving Photos and Videos from Email Messages and Webpages Note: The Camera Roll album is called Saved Photos on iPod touch 3rd generation and earlier. Save a photo from an email message to your Camera Roll album: Tap the photo, then tap Save Image. If the photo hasnât been downloaded yet, tap the download PQVKEG°TUV Save a video from an email message to your Camera Roll album: Touch and hold the attachment, then tap Save Video. If the video hasnât been downloaded yet, tap the FQYPNQCFPQVKEG°TUV Save a photo from a webpage to your Camera Roll album: Touch and hold the photo, then tap Save Image. You can download the photos and videos in your Camera Roll album to your computerâs photo application by connecting iPod touch to your computer. Assigning a Photo to a Contact You can assign a photo to a contact. Assign a photo to a contact: 1 Choose any photo on iPod touch, and tap 2 Tap âAssign to Contactâ and choose a contact. 3 Position and size the photo until it looks the way you want. Drag the photo to pan, and pinch to zoom in or out. 4 Tap Set Photo. You can also assign a photo to a contact in Contacts by tapping Edit and then tapping âAdd Photo.â 80 Chapter 8 Photos Wallpaper You can set a photo as wallpaper for the Lock screen. On iPod touch 4th generation or later, you can also set wallpaper for your Home screen. Set a photo as wallpaper (iPod touch 3rd generation or later): 1 Choose any photo and tap , then tap Use As Wallpaper. 2 Drag the photo to position it and pinch to zoom in or out, until it looks the way you want. 3 Tap Set, then choose whether you want to use the photo as wallpaper for your Lock Screen, Home screen, or both. You can also choose from several wallpaper pictures included with iPod touch by choosing Settings > Wallpaper from the Home screen. See âAdding Wallpaperâ on page 30. Set a photo as wallpaper (iPod touch 2nd generation): 1 Choose any photo and tap , then tap Use As Wallpaper. 2 Drag the photo to position it and pinch to zoom in or out, until it looks the way you want. 3 Tap Set Wallpaper. You can also choose from several wallpaper pictures included with iPod touch by choosing Settings > Wallpaper from the Home screen. Chapter 8 Photos 81 Game Center About Game Center You can discover new games and share your game experiences with friends around VJGYQTNFKP)COG%GPVGT+PXKVG[QWTHTKGPFUVQRNC[QTWUGCWVQOCVEJVQ°PFQVJGT worthy opponents. Check leaderboards to see who the best players are. Earn bonus RQKPVUD[CEJKGXKPIURGEK°ECEEQORNKUJOGPVUKPCICOG Note: Game Center may not be available in all countries or regions, and the available games may vary by country or region. To use Game Center, you need an Internet connection and an Apple ID. If you already have an iTunes Store, MobileMe, or other Apple account, you can use that Apple ID with Game Center. If you donât already have an Apple account, you can create a new one in Game Center, as described below. Setting Up Game Center 9JGP[QW°TUVQRGP)COG%GPVGT[QW¨TGCUMGFKH[QWYCPVVQCNNQYRWUJPQVK°ECVKQPU 0QVK°ECVKQPUKPENWFGCNGTVUUQWPFUCPFKEQPDCFIGUVJCVNGV[QWMPQYCDQWV)COG Center events, even if youâre not currently using Game Center. For example, you might receive an alert that a friend has invited you to play a game. #NNQYPQVK°ECVKQPU 6CR1- +H[QWVCR&QP¨V#NNQY[QWYQP¨VTGEGKXGPQVK°ECVKQPUHQT)COG%GPVGT;QWECP VWTPPQVK°ECVKQPUQPCVCNCVGTVKOGKH[QWYCPVCPF[QWECPURGEKH[YJCVMKPFUQH PQVK°ECVKQPU[QWYCPVVQIGV 82 6WTPPQVK°ECVKQPUQPQTQĂ +P5GVVKPIUEJQQUG0QVK°ECVKQPU6WTPKPIQĂ0QVK°ECVKQPU FKUCDNGUCNNPQVK°ECVKQPUHQTCNNCRRU 5RGEKH[YJKEJPQVK°ECVKQPU[QWYCPVHQT)COG%GPVGT In Settings, choose 0QVK°ECVKQPU )COG%GPVGTVJGPEQP°IWTGVJG5QWPFU#NGTVUCPF$CFIGUUGVVKPIU +H)COG%GPVGTFQGUP¨VCRRGCTVWTPQP0QVK°ECVKQPU Set up Game Center information in your Apple account: 1 Sign in to your Apple account by entering your username and password and tapping Sign In. If you donât have an Apple account, you can create one by tapping Create New Account. 2 Tap Agree to accept the Game Center Terms & Conditions. 3 Enter a nicknameâthe name others will see and know you by. 4 %QP°IWTG[QWT)COG%GPVGTUGVVKPIU  To allow other users to invite you to play a game, leave Allow Game Invites turned QP1VJGTYKUGVCRVQVWTPKVQĂ Â 6QCNNQYQVJGTWUGTUVQ°PF[QWD[[QWTGOCKNCFFTGUUNGCXG(KPF/G$['OCKN VWTPGFQP1VJGTYKUGVCRVQVWTPKVQĂ Â 8GTKH[[QWTCEEQWPVGOCKN;QWECPGPVGTCFKĂGTGPVCFFTGUUKH[QWFQP¨VYCPVVQ WUGVJGQPGHTQOVJG#RRNGCEEQWPV[QWWUGFVQUKIPKP6QEQP°TOVJKUCFFTGUUCU yours, youâll need to respond to the email that is sent to that address.  To add more email addresses that people can use to contact you in Game Center, tap Add Another Email. 5 6CR0GZVYJGP[QWTCEEQWPVKUEQP°IWTGF Change account settings: 1 Tap Me at the bottom of the screen, then tap your account banner. 2 Tap View Account. 3 Make your changes, then tap Done. 5KIPKPVQCFKĂGTGPVCEEQWPV 1 Tap Me, then tap the account banner at the bottom of the screen. 2 Tap Sign Out. 3 Enter the username and password for the account you want to use, then tap Sign In. Chapter 9 Game Center 83 Games Purchasing and Downloading Games Games for the Game Center are available from the App Store. If you havenât entered credit card information for your Apple account, youâll be prompted to enter that information before you can purchase and download games. Purchase and download games: Tap Games, then tap Find Game Center Games. The Game Center section of App Store displays games that work with Game Center. You can browse this section, and purchase and download games from it, as you would for other apps in the App Store. See Chapter 22, âApp Store,â on page 148. If you want to purchase a game that a friend has, tap the game on your friendâs info screen to go directly to that game in the App Store. Playing Games The Games screen displays the games you download from the iTunes Store. For each of the games, your number of achievements and your ranking among all the gameâs players are displayed. Get information about a game: Tap Games, then tap a game. If available, you can FKURNC[VJGICOG¨UNGCFGTDQCTFUUGG[QWTCEJKGXGOGPVUHQTVJGICOGCPF°PFQWV whoâs recently played the game. Play a game: Tap Games, choose a game, then tap Play. Depending on the game, the home screen may provide instructions or other information, and let you view leaderboards and achievements, set game options, and start a single or multiplayer game. To play against others, you can either invite a friend QTWUGCWVQOCVEJVQJCXG)COG%GPVGT°PFQVJGTRNC[GTUHQT[QW(QTKPHQTOCVKQP about making friends in Game Center, see âFriendsâ on page 88. For multiplayer games, you can also send a game invitation from the Friends screen. 84 Chapter 9 Game Center Invite a friend to a multiplayer game from the Friends screen: 1 Tap Friends at the bottom of the screen. 2 Choose a friend. 3 Choose a game and tap Play. If the game allows or requires additional players, you can choose players to invite, then tap Next. 4 Enter and send your invitation, then wait for the others to accept. 5 Start the game. If a friend isnât available or doesnât respond to your invitation, you can tap Auto-Match VQJCXG)COG%GPVGT°PFCPQVJGTRNC[GTHQT[QWQTVCR+PXKVG(TKGPFVQVT[KPXKVKPI some other friend. Other players may invite you to play the game. Respond to an invitation to play a game: Tap Accept or Decline in the alert that appears. You can disable multiplayer games in Restrictions. See âRestrictionsâ on page 161. You ECPRTGXGPVQVJGTRNC[GTUHTQOKPXKVKPI[QWVQRNC[ICOGUD[VWTPKPIQĂ#NNQY)COG Invites in Game Center settings. See âYour Status and Account Informationâ on page 90. Return to Game Center: Press the Home button, then tap Game Center on the Home screen. On iPod touch 3rd generation or later, you can also press the Home button twice quickly and choose Game Center from your recent apps. Chapter 9 Game Center 85 Leaderboards Some games provide one or more leaderboards to show the ranking of the gameâs players, with their scores, times, or other measures of the playersâ success. See a gameâs leaderboard: Tap Games, then choose the game and tap Leaderboard. You may also be able to view leaderboards from within a game. If a game has variations (such as Easy, Normal, and Hard), the Categories screen lets you choose the leaderboard for the game in general, or for one of the variations. The leaderboard shows the ranking of your friends, and of all players. You may be able VQXKGYNGCFGTDQCTFUVCVUHQTCURGEK°EVKOGRGTKQFUWEJCUVQFC[VJKUYGGMQTCNNVKOG Rotate iPod touch to see a leaderboard in landscape orientation. Start playing a game from the leaderboard: Tap Play in the upper-right corner. 86 Chapter 9 Game Center Achievements 5QOGICOGUTGYCTF[QWYKVJDQPWURQKPVUHQTURGEK°ECEJKGXGOGPVU See the possible achievements for a game: Tap Games, choose a game, then tap Achievements. For each achievement, Game Center shows how many bonus points are awarded, and whether youâve completed the achievement. The total points awarded for your CEJKGXGOGPVUCRRGCTCVVJGVQR;QWECPIGVDQPWURQKPVUHQTCURGEK°ECEJKGXGOGPV only once. You may also be able to view achievements from within a game. Recently Played Some games let you see which of your friends have recently played the game. See whoâs recently played a game: Tap Games, tap a game, then tap Recently Played. Get information about a player: Tap a playerâs name in the list. Chapter 9 Game Center 87 Friends Game Center puts you in contact with players around the world. You add friends to Game Center by making a request, or by accepting a request from another player. Add a friend to Game Center: 1 Tap Friends or Requests. 2 Tap +, then enter a friendâs email address or Game Center nickname. Matching addresses and names from your contacts appear as you type. Tap a contact to include that person in your request. Tap to browse your contacts. To add several friends at once, enter additional contacts. 3 Enter a message for your request, then tap Send. In order to become a friend, a person must accept your request. Other players might send you a request. If you receive an alert, you can accept the request from there, or close it and respond to the request later from the Request screen. A badge on the Requests button indicates the number of outstanding friend requests. Respond to a friend request: Tap Requests, tap the name of the person making the request, then tap Accept, Ignore, or Report a Problem. When a player accepts another playerâs request, they each become the otherâs friend. Friendsâ names appear on the Friends screen. 88 Chapter 9 Game Center Get information about a friend: Tap the friendâs name. Search for a friend: Tap the status bar to scroll to the top of the screen, then tap the UGCTEJ°GNFCPFUVCTVV[RKPI(TKGPFUYJQOCVEJ[QWTUGCTEJCRRGCTCU[QWV[RG A friendâs info page shows how many friends (including you) the person has, the PWODGTQHFKĂGTGPVICOGU[QWTHTKGPFJCURNC[GFCPFJQYOCP[CEJKGXGOGPVU[QWT friend has completed. The info screen may also show:  The games youâve played together  The games you have in common  Other games your friend has You can tap a game in any of the lists to see your position and your friendâs position on the overall leaderboard, and your respective accomplishments for the game. Invite a friend to play a game: Tap Friends, tap the friendâs name, tap a game, then tap Play. See âPlaying Gamesâ on page 84. Remove a friend: Tap Friends, tap a name, then tap Unfriend and tap Remove. +HCRNC[GTJCUDGEQOGQĂGPUKXGQTKUQVJGTYKUGGZJKDKVKPIKPCRRTQRTKCVGDGJCXKQT you can report the problem. Report a problem with a friend: Tap Friends, tap the friendâs name, then tap âReport a Problem.â Describe the problem, then tap Report to send the report. +H[QWVWTPQĂ/WNVK2NC[GT)COGUKP5GVVKPIU[QWECP¨VUGPFQTTGEGKXGCKPXKVCVKQPUVQ play games. See âRestrictionsâ on page 161. Chapter 9 Game Center 89 Your Status and Account Information The Me screen summarizes information about your friends, your games, and your achievements. 6JGVGZV°GNFKPVJGEGPVGTQHVJGUETGGPNGVU[QWGPVGT[QWTEWTTGPVUVCVWUOGUUCIG Your status appears along with your nickname in other playersâ Friends screens. Change your status: 6CRVJGUVCVWU°GNFCPFWUGVJGMG[DQCTFVQGPVGTQTWRFCVG your status. View your account information: Tap the account banner, then tap View Account. You can change or update the following settings:  Nickname  Allow game invites  Find Me By Email  Your mail address for Game Center  Additional email addresses 9JGP[QW°PKUJVCR&QPG ;QWECPCNUQUKIPQWVCPFUKIPKPVQCFKĂGTGPVCEEQWPVQTETGCVGCPGYCEEQWPV Sign out: Tap the account banner, then tap Sign Out. To sign in to another account, enter your username and password, then tap Sign In. To create a new account, tap Create New Account and follow the onscreen instructions. 90 Chapter 9 Game Center Mail 10 Mail works with MobileMe, Microsoft Exchange, and many of the most popular email systemsâincluding Yahoo!, Google, and AOLâas well as other industry-standard POP3 and IMAP email systems. You can send and receive embedded photos, videos, and graphics, and view PDFs and other attachments. 6QFQYPNQCFCPFUGPFOGUUCIGUKP/CKNK2QFVQWEJOWUVLQKPC9K(KPGVYQTMVJCV¨U connected to the Internet. See âConnecting to the Internetâ on page 19. Setting Up Email Accounts You can set up email accounts on iPod touch in either of the following ways:  Set up an account directly on iPod touch. See âAdding Mail, Contacts, and Calendar Accountsâ on page 19.  In iTunes, use the iPod touch settings panes to sync email accounts settings from your computer. See âiPod touch Settings Panes in iTunesâ on page 47. 91 Checking and Reading Email The Mail icon on the Home screen shows the number of unread messages in your inboxes. You may have other unread messages in other mailboxes. 5\TILYVM\UYLHK LTHPSZPU`V\YPUIV_LZ In Mail, the Mailboxes screen gives you quick access to all your inboxes and other mailboxes. Tap an inbox for an account to see its messages. To see incoming messages for all your accounts, tap All Inboxes. If you have only one mail account set up and turned on, then youâll see only one inbox on the Mailboxes screen. 0UJVTPUN TLZZHNLZMVYHSS HJJV\U[Z 5\TILYVM\UYLHK TLZZHNLZ When you open a mailbox, Mail retrieves and displays the most recent messages, and shows the number of unread messages at the top of the screen. Unread messages have a blue dot next to them. The number of messages retrieved is determined by your Mail settings. See âMailâ on page 170. If you organize messages by thread, related messages appear as a single entry in the mailbox. Message threads have a number next to the right arrow, showing the number of messages in the thread. A blue dot indicates that one or more messages in the thread are unread. The message displayed is the oldest unread message, or the most recent message if all the messages are read. 5\TILYVM TLZZHNLZPU [OYLHKFetch New Data, VJGPVWTP2WUJQPQTQĂ Using Links and Detected Data iPod touch detects web links, phone numbers, email addresses, and other types of information that you can use to open a webpage, create a preaddressed email message, create or add information to a contact, or perform some other useful action. Detected data appears as blue underlined text. Tap the data to use its default action, or touch and hold it to see other actions. 94 Link or image Tap to open the webpage in Safari. Touch and hold to:  Open the webpage in Safari  Copy the link Phone number Tap to:  Create a new contact with the number  Add the number to an existing contact Address Tap to display the location in Maps. Touch and hold to:  Display the location in Maps  Create a new contact with the address  Add the address to an existing contact  Copy the address Email address Tap to create a new preaddressed email message. Touch and hold to:  Create a new email message  Create a new contact with the address  Add the address to an existing contact  Copy the address Day, date, or time Tap the item, then tap Create Event to create an event in Calendar. Tracking number (may not be available in all countries or regions) Tap to open the shipperâs webpage for the status of a package. Chapter 10 Mail Viewing Attachments iPod touch displays image attachments in many commonly used formats (JPEG, GIF, and TIFF) inline with the text in email messages. iPod touch can play many types of CWFKQCVVCEJOGPVUUWEJCU/2##%9#8CPF#+((;QWECPFQYPNQCFCPFXKGY°NGU UWEJCU2&(YGDRCIGVGZV2CIGU-G[PQVG0WODGTUCPF/KETQUQHV9QTF'ZEGNCPF PowerPoint documents) that are attached to messages you receive. 1RGPCPCVVCEJGF°NG Tap the attachment. It downloads to iPod touch and then opens in Quick Look. ;HWH[[HJOTLU[ [VKV^USVHK You can view attachments in portrait or landscape orientation. +HVJGHQTOCVQHCPCVVCEJGF°NGKUP¨VUWRRQTVGFD[K2QFVQWEJ[QWECPUGGVJGPCOGQH VJG°NGDWV[QWECP¨VQRGPKVK2QFVQWEJUWRRQTVUVJGHQNNQYKPIFQEWOGPVV[RGU .doc Microsoft Word .docx Microsoft Word (XML) .htm webpage .html webpage .key -G[PQVG .numbers Numbers .pages Pages .pdf Preview, Adobe Acrobat .ppt Microsoft PowerPoint .pptx Microsoft PowerPoint (XML) .rtf Rich Text Format .txt text .vcf contact information .xls Microsoft Excel .xlsx Microsoft Excel (XML) Chapter 10 Mail 95 1RGPCPCVVCEJGF°NGYKVJCPQVJGTCRR Touch and hold the attachment, then choose an app. If no apps are available, you can choose to open the attachment in Quick Look. Save an attached photo to your Saved Photos album: Tap the photo, then tap Save +OCIG+HVJGRJQVQJCUP¨VDGGPFQYPNQCFGF[GVVCRVJGFQYPNQCFPQVKEG°TUV Save an attached video to your Saved Photos album: Touch and hold the attachment, then tap Save Video. If the video hasnât been downloaded yet, tap the FQYPNQCFPQVKEG°TUV Sending Email You can send an email message to anyone who has an email address. Compose and send a message: 1 Tap . 2 6[RGCPCOGQTGOCKNCFFTGUUKPVJG6Q°GNFQTVCR to add a name from your contacts. As you type an email address, matching email addresses from your contacts list appear below. Tap an address to add it. To add more names, tap Return or . Note: If youâre composing a message from your Microsoft Exchange account and have access to your enterprise Global Address List (GAL), matching addresses from the EQPVCEVUQPK2QFVQWEJCRRGCT°TUVHQNNQYGFD[OCVEJKPI)#.CFFTGUUGU 3 Tap Cc/Bcc/From if you want to copy or blind copy the message to others, or change the account you send the message from. If you have more than one email account, QTKH[QWJCXGGOCKNCNKCUGUHQT[QWT/QDKNG/GCEEQWPV[QWECPVCRVJG(TQO°GNFVQ change the account or alias youâre sending from. 4 'PVGTCUWDLGEVVJGP[QWTOGUUCIG ;QWECPVCR4GVWTPVQOQXGHTQOQPG°GNFVQCPQVJGT 5 Tap Send. 96 Chapter 10 Mail Send a photo in an email message In Photos, choose a photo, tap , then tap Email Photo. You can also copy and paste photos. To send multiple photos at the same time, tap when viewing thumbnails in an album, then tap to select the photos, tap Share, and tap Email. Paste and send a photo or video in an email message In Photos, touch and hold a photo or video until the Copy command appears. Tap Copy. Go to Mail and create a new message. Tap to place the insertion point where you want the video, then tap the insertion point to display the edit commands and tap Paste. To copy multiple videos, in Photos, open an , tap to select photos and videos, album, tap then tap Copy. Save a draft of a message to complete later Tap Cancel, then tap Save. The message is saved in the Drafts mailbox. Open the most recently saved draft to open the most recently Touch and hold saved draft from the last account you were working in. Reply to a message Tap . Tap Reply to reply only to the sender or tap Reply All to reply to the sender and all recipients. Type your return message, then tap Send. Files or images attached to the initial message arenât sent back. Forward a message Open a message and tap , then tap Forward. Add one or more email addresses, type your message, then tap Send. When you forward a message, you can KPENWFGVJG°NGUQTKOCIGUCVVCEJGFVQVJG original message. Share contact information In Contacts, choose a contact, tap Share Contact at the bottom of the Info screen, then tap Email. Chapter 10 Mail 97 Organizing Email You can organize messages in any mailbox, folder, or search results window. You can delete messages one at a time, or select a group to delete all at once. You can also move messages from one mailbox or folder to another in the same account or DGVYGGPFKĂGTGPVCEEQWPVU Delete a message: Open the message and tap . You can also delete a message directly from the mailbox message list by swiping left or right over the message title, then tapping Delete. ;VZOV^[OL +LSL[LI\[[VU Z^PWLSLM[VY YPNO[V]LY [OLTLZZHNL Note: For Google accounts, tap Archive. Messages arenât deleted, but are moved to your account archive. Delete multiple messages: When viewing a list of messages, tap Edit, select the messages you want to delete, then tap Delete. Move a message to another mailbox or folder: When viewing a message, tap choose a mailbox or folder. Tap Accounts to choose a mailbox or folder for another account. Move multiple messages: When viewing a list of messages, tap Edit, select the messages you want to move, then tap Move and choose a mailbox or folder. 98 Chapter 10 Mail , then Searching Email ;QWECPUGCTEJVJG6Q(TQOCPF5WDLGEV°GNFUQHGOCKNOGUUCIGU/CKNUGCTEJGUVJG downloaded messages in the currently open mailbox. For MobileMe, Exchange, and some IMAP mail accounts, you can also search messages on the server. Search email messages: Open a mailbox, scroll to the top, and enter text in the Search °GNF6CR(TQO6Q5WDLGEVQT#NNVQEJQQUGYJKEJ°GNFU[QWYCPVVQUGCTEJ6QUETQNN SWKEMN[VQVJGUGCTEJ°GNFCVVJGVQRQHVJGNKUVVCRVJGUVCVWUDCT Search results for the messages already downloaded to iPod touch appear automatically as you type. Tap Search to dismiss the keyboard and see more of the results. Search messages on the server: Tap âContinue Search on Serverâ at the end of the search results. Note: Search results of messages on servers may vary depending on the type of account. Some servers may search only whole words. Mail messages are included in searches from the Home screen. See âSearchingâ on page 38. Chapter 10 Mail 99 Safari 11 Safari lets you surf the web and view webpages on iPod touch as if you were on your computer. You can create bookmarks on iPod touch and sync them with your computer. Add web clips to quickly access your favorite sites directly from the Home screen. 6QWUG5CHCTKK2QFVQWEJOWUVLQKPC9K(KPGVYQTMVJCV¨UEQPPGEVGFVQVJG+PVGTPGV See âConnecting to the Internetâ on page 19. Viewing Webpages You can view webpages in either portrait or landscape orientation. Rotate iPod touch CPFVJGYGDRCIGTQVCVGUVQQCWVQOCVKECNN[CFLWUVKPIVQ°VVJGRCIG Opening Webpages Open a webpage: 6CRVJGCFFTGUU°GNF QPVJGNGHVUKFGQHVJGVKVNGDCT VJGPV[RGVJG YGDCFFTGUUCPFVCR)Q+HVJGCFFTGUU°GNFKUP¨VXKUKDNGVCRVJGUVCVWUDCTCVVJGVQRQH VJGUETGGPVQSWKEMN[UETQNNVQVJGCFFTGUU°GNFCVVJGVQRQHVJGYGDRCIG As you type, web addresses that start with those letters appear. These are bookmarked RCIGUQTTGEGPVRCIGU[QW¨XGQRGPGF6CRCPCFFTGUUVQIQVQVJCVRCIG-GGRV[RKPI if you want to enter a web address thatâs not in the list. 'TCUGVJGVGZVKPVJGCFFTGUU°GNF 6CRVJGCFFTGUU°GNFVJGPVCR . 100 Zooming and Scrolling Zoom in or out: Double-tap a column on a webpage to expand the column. Doubletap again to zoom out. You can also pinch to zoom in or out manually. Scroll around a webpage Drag up, down, or sideways. When scrolling, you can touch and drag anywhere on the page without activating any links. Scroll within a frame on a webpage 7UGVYQ°PIGTUVQUETQNNYKVJKPCHTCOGQPCYGDRCIG7UG QPG°PIGTVQUETQNNVJGGPVKTGYGDRCIG Scroll quickly to the top of a webpage Tap the status bar at the top of the iPod touch screen. Navigating Webpages Links on webpages typically take you to another place on the web. Follow a link on a webpage: Tap the link. You can also use web links to display a location in Maps, play streaming audio, or create a preaddressed Mail message. To return to Safari after a link opens another app, press the Home button and tap Safari. See a linkâs destination address Touch and hold the link. The address pops up next to [QWT°PIGT;QWECPVQWEJCPFJQNFCPKOCIGVQUGGKHKV has a link. Stop a webpage from loading Tap Reload a webpage Tap Return to the previous or next page Tap or Return to a recently viewed page Tap Create a preaddressed Mail message Touch and hold an email web link, then tap New Message. Create a new or add to an existing contact Touch and hold a web link containing contact information, then tap Create New Contact or Add to Existing Contact. Send a webpage URL via email Tap Save an image or photo to your Photo Library Touch and hold the image, then tap Save Image. Chapter 11 Safari at the bottom of the screen. and tap History. To clear the history list, tap Clear. and tap âMail Link to this Page.â 101 Opening Multiple Pages You can have up to eight pages open at a time. Some links automatically open a new page instead of replacing the current one. The number inside the pages icon at the bottom of the screen shows how many RCIGUCTGQRGP+HVJGTG¨UPQPWODGTKPUKFGLWUVQPGRCIGKUQRGP(QTGZCORNG = one page is open = three pages are open Open a new page: Tap Go to another page: Tap Close a page: Tap and tap New Page. CPFÂąKEMNGHVQTTKIJV6CRVJGRCIG[QWYCPVVQXKGY and tap Entering Text and Filling Out Forms 5QOGYGDRCIGUJCXGVGZV°GNFUCPFHQTOUVQ°NNQWV;QWECPUGV5CHCTKVQTGOGODGT PCOGUCPFRCUUYQTFUQHYGDUKVGU[QWXKUKVCPF°NNQWVVGZV°GNFUCWVQOCVKECNN[YKVJ information from Contacts. See âSafariâ on page 172. 102 Bring up the keyboard 6CRKPUKFGCVGZV°GNF /QXGVQCPQVJGTVGZV°GNF 6CRCPQVJGTVGZV°GNFQTVCRVJG0GZVQT2TGXKQWUDWVVQP Submit a form 1PEG[QW°PKUJ°NNKPIQWVCHQTOVCR)QQT5GCTEJ/QUV pages also have a link you can tap to submit the form. Close the keyboard without submitting the form Tap Done. Chapter 11 Safari 'PCDNG#WVQ(KNNVQJGNR[QW°NNQWVYGDHQTOU In Settings, choose Safari > AutoFill, then do one of the following:  To use information from contacts, turn Use Contact Info on, then choose My Info and select the contact you want to use. 5CHCTKWUGUKPHQTOCVKQPHTQO%QPVCEVUVQ°NNKPEQPVCEV°GNFUQPYGDHQTOU  To use information from names and passwords, turn Names & Passwords on. When this feature is on, Safari remembers names and passwords of websites you XKUKVCPFCWVQOCVKECNN[°NNUKPVJGKPHQTOCVKQPYJGP[QWTGXKUKVVJGYGDUKVG  To remove all AutoFill information, tap Clear All. Searching 7UGVJGUGCTEJ°GNFVQGPVGTYGDUGCTEJGU#U[QWV[RGUWIIGUVGFCPFTGEGPV searches appear. Search the web: 1 6CRVJGUGCTEJ°GNF QPVJGTKIJVUKFGQHVJGVKVNGDCT 2 Type a word or phrase that describes what youâre looking for, then tap a suggestion from the list or tap Search. 3 Tap a link in the list of search results to open a webpage. By default, Safari searches using Google. 5GV5CHCTKVQUGCTEJWUKPICFKĂGTGPVUGCTEJGPIKPG In Settings, choose Safari > 5GCTEJ'PIKPGVJGPEJQQUGCFKĂGTGPVUGCTEJGPIKPG Bookmarks You can bookmark webpages you want to return to later. Bookmark a webpage: Open the page and tap . Then tap Add Bookmark. When you save a bookmark you can edit its title. By default, bookmarks are saved at the top level of Bookmarks. Tap Bookmarks to choose another folder. If you use Safari on a Mac, or Safari or Microsoft Internet Explorer on a PC, you can sync bookmarks with the web browser on your computer. Sync bookmarks with your computer: 1 Connect iPod touch to your computer. 2 In iTunes, select iPod touch in the Devices list. 3 Click Info at the top of the screen, select âSync ⌠bookmarksâ under Other, then click Apply. See âiPod touch Settings Panes in iTunesâ on page 47. Chapter 11 Safari 103 Sync bookmarks with MobileMe: In Settings on iPod touch, select Bookmarks in your MobileMe account. See âSetting Up MobileMe Accountsâ on page 20. Open a bookmarked webpage: Tap see the bookmarks inside. , then choose a bookmark or tap a folder to Edit a bookmark or bookmark folder: Tap , choose the folder that has the bookmark or folder you want to edit, then tap Edit. Then do one of the following:  To make a new folder, tap New Folder.  To delete a bookmark or folder, tap , then tap Delete.  To reposition a bookmark or folder, drag  6QGFKVVJGPCOGQTCFFTGUUQTVQRWVKVKPCFKĂGTGPVHQNFGTtap the bookmark or folder. 9JGP[QW¨TG°PKUJGFVCR&QPG Web Clips Add web clips to the Home screen for fast access to your favorite webpages. Web clips appear as icons on the Home screen, and you can arrange your web clips along with the other icons. See âCustomizing the Home Screenâ on page 27. Add a web clip: Open the webpage and tap . Then tap âAdd to Home Screen.â When you open a web clip, Safari automatically zooms and scrolls to the area of the webpage that was displayed when you saved the web clip. The displayed area is also used to create the icon for the web clip on your Home screen, unless the webpage comes with its own custom icon. When you add a web clip, you can edit its name. If the name is too long (more than about 10 characters), it may appear abbreviated on the Home screen. Web clips arenât bookmarks, and arenât synced by MobileMe or iTunes. Delete a web clip: 1 6QWEJCPFJQNFCP[KEQPQPVJG*QOGUETGGPWPVKNVJGKEQPUUVCTVVQLKIING 2 Tap in the corner of the web clip you want to delete. 3 Tap Delete, then press the Home 104 Chapter 11 Safari button to save your arrangement. Calendar 12 About Calendar Calendar gives you ready access to your calendars and events. You can view individual calendars, or several calendars at once. You can view your events by day, by month, or in a list. You can search the titles, invitees, locations, and notes of events. If youâve entered birthdays for your contacts, you can view those birthdays in Calendar. You can sync iPod touch with the calendars on your computer, and with services such as MobileMe, Microsoft Exchange, Yahoo!, and Google. You can also make, edit, or cancel appointments on iPod touch and have them sync back to your computer or calendar account. If you have a MobileMe, Microsoft Exchange, Google, Yahoo!, or CalDAV account, your calendars can sync over the air without connecting iPod touch VQ[QWTEQORWVGT/QDKNG/G5JCTGF%CNGPFCTUVJCV[QW¨XGLQKPGFHTQO[QWTEQORWVGT also sync with iPod touch. You can subscribe to read-only iCalendar (.ics) calendars. If you have a Microsoft Exchange account with Calendars enabled, or a supported CalDAV account, you can receive and respond to meeting invitations from others, and invite people to events youâve scheduled. Syncing Calendars You can sync Calendar in either of the following ways:  In iTunes, use the iPod touch Info pane to sync with iCal or Microsoft Entourage on a Mac, or Microsoft Outlook 2003, 2007, or 2010 on a PC, when you connect iPod touch to your computer. See âiPod touch Settings Panes in iTunesâ on page 47. 105  In Settings on iPod touch, turn on Calendars in your MobileMe, Microsoft Exchange, Google, or Yahoo! accounts to sync your calendar information over the air, or set up a CalDAV account if your company or organization supports it. See âAdding Mail, Contacts, and Calendar Accountsâ on page 19. 6QU[PEECNGPFCTUK2QFVQWEJOWUVLQKPC9K(KPGVYQTMVJCV¨UEQPPGEVGFVQVJG Internet. See âConnecting to the Internetâ on page 19. Viewing Your Calendars You can view a single calendar, selected calendars, or all calendars at once. Select calendars to view: Tap Calendars, then tap to select the calendars you want to view. To quickly select or deselect all calendars, tap Show All Calendars or Hide All Calendars. To view your contactsâ birthdays, tap Birthdays at the bottom of the screen. Tap Done to view the selected calendars. The events for all selected calendars appear in a single calendar on iPod touch. You can view your calendar events in a list, by day, or by month. Switch views: Tap List, Day, or Month.  List view: All your appointments and events appear in a scrollable list.  Day view: Scroll up or down to see the events in a day. Tap or to see the previous or next dayâs events.  Month view: Tap a day to see its events. Tap (KKHUL]LU[ +H`Z^P[OKV[Z OH]LZJOLK\SLK L]LU[Z ,]LU[ZMVY ZLSLJ[LKKH` 9LZWVUK[V JHSLUKHYPU]P[H[PVU .V[V[VKH` :^P[JO]PL^Z See the details of an event: Tap the event. 106 Chapter 12 Calendar or to see the previous or next month. Searching Calendars ;QWECPUGCTEJVJGVKVNGUKPXKVGGUNQECVKQPUCPFPQVGU°GNFUQHVJGGXGPVUKP[QWT calendars. Calendar searches only the events for the calendars youâre currently viewing. Search for events: +PNKUVXKGYGPVGTVGZVKPVJGUGCTEJ°GNF Search results appear as you type. Tap Search to dismiss the keyboard and see more results. Calendar events are included in searches from the Home screen. See âSearchingâ on page 38. Adding and Updating Events on iPod touch You can create and update calendar events directly on iPod touch. If you have a Microsoft Exchange account with calendars enabled, or a supported CalDAV account, you can invite other people to your event or meeting. Add an event: Tap and enter event information, then tap Done. You can enter any of the following:  Title  Location  Starting and ending times (or turn on All-day if itâs an all-day event)  Repeat timesânone, or every day, week, two weeks, month, or year  Invitees (if supported by your calendar server)  #NGTVVKOG¤HTQO°XGOKPWVGUVQVYQFC[UDGHQTGVJGGXGPV When you set an alert, the option to set a second alert appears. When an alert goes QĂK2QFVQWEJFKURNC[UCOGUUCIG;QWECPCNUQUGVK2QFVQWEJVQRNC[CUQWPF UGG âAlertsâ on page 110). Chapter 12 Calendar 107 Important: If youâre traveling, iPod touch may not alert you at the correct local time. To manually set the correct time, see âDate and Timeâ on page 163.  Calendar You can change the default calendar using the Default Calendar setting. See âCalendarsâ on page 171.  Notes You canât assign an event to a read-only calendar. Events can also be created by tapping a day, date, or time in a Mail message. See âUsing Links and Detected Dataâ on page 94. Update an event: Tap Edit and change event information. Tap Done when youâre °PKUJGF Delete an event: Tap the event, tap Edit, then scroll down and tap Delete Event. Responding to Meeting Invitations If you have a Microsoft Exchange account with calendars enabled, or a supported CalDAV account, you can receive and respond to meeting invitations from people in your organization. When you receive an invitation, the meeting appears in your ECNGPFCTYKVJCFQVVGFNKPGCTQWPFKV6JGPQVK°ECVKQPU button in the lower-right corner of the screen shows the total number of new invitations you have, as does the Calendar icon on the Home screen. To receive and respond to meeting invitations, K2QFVQWEJOWUVLQKPC9K(KPGVYQTMVJCV¨UEQPPGEVGFVQVJG+PVGTPGV 5\TILYVM TLL[PUNPU]P[H[PVUZ 108 Chapter 12 Calendar Respond to an invitation in Calendar: 1 Tap a meeting invitation in the calendar, or tap an invitation. to display the Event screen and tap  Tap âInvitation fromâ to get contact information for the meeting organizer. Tap the email address to send a message to the organizer.  Tap Invitees to see the other people invited to the meeting. Tap a name to see an attendeeâs contact information. Tap the email address to send a message to the attendee.  Tap Alert to set iPod touch to sound an alert before the meeting.  Tap Add Comments to add comments in the email response to the meeting organizer. You comments will also appear in your Info screen for the meeting. Notes are made by the meeting organizer. 2 Tap Accept, Maybe, or Decline. When you accept, tentatively accept, or decline the invitation, a response email that includes any comments you added is sent to the organizer. If you accept or tentatively accept the meeting, you can change your response later. Tap Add Comments if you want to change your comments. Meeting invitations are also sent in an email message, which lets you open the meetingâs Info screen from Mail. Open a meeting invitation in an email message: Tap the invitation. Chapter 12 Calendar 109 Subscribing to Calendars You can subscribe to calendars that use the iCalendar (.ics) format. Many calendar-based services support calendar subscriptions, including Yahoo!, Google, and the Mac OS X iCal application. Subscribed calendars are read-only. You can read events from subscribed calendars on iPod touch, but you canât edit them or create new events. Subscribe to a calendar: 1 In Settings, choose âMail, Contacts, Calendars,â then tap Add Account. 2 Choose Other, then choose Add Subscribed Calendar. 3 Enter the server information, then tap Next to verify the subscription. 4 Tap Save. You can also subscribe to an iCal (or other .ics) calendar published on the web by tapping a link to the calendar you receive in an email message on iPod touch. Alerts Set calendar alerts: In Settings, choose General > Sounds, then turn Calendar Alerts QP+H%CNGPFCT#NGTVUKUQĂYJGPCPGXGPVKUCDQWVVQQEEWTK2QFVQWEJFKURNC[UC message but makes no sound. Sound alerts for invitations: In Settings, choose âMail, Contacts, Calendar.â Under Calendars, tap New Invitation Alert to turn it on. 110 Chapter 12 Calendar YouTube 13 Finding and Viewing Videos YouTube features short videos submitted by people from around the world. To use some features on iPod touch, you need to sign in to a YouTube account when asked. For information about requirements and how to get a YouTube account, go to www.youtube.com. Note: YouTube may not be available in all languages and locations. 6QWUG;QW6WDGK2QFVQWEJOWUVLQKPC9K(KPGVYQTMVJCV¨UEQPPGEVGFVQVJG+PVGTPGV See âConnecting to the Internetâ on page 19. Browse videos: Tap Featured, Most Viewed, or Favorites. Or tap More to browse by Most Recent, Top Rated, History, Subscriptions, or Playlists.  Featured: 8KFGQUTGXKGYGFCPFHGCVWTGFD[;QW6WDGUVCĂ Â Most Viewed: Videos most seen by YouTube viewers. Tap All for all-time most viewed videos, or Today or This Week for most-viewed videos of the day or week.  Favorites: Videos youâve added to Favorites. When you sign in to a YouTube account, account favorites appear and any existing favorites can be synced to your account.  Most Recent: Videos most recently submitted to YouTube.  Top Rated: Videos most highly rated by YouTube viewers. To rate videos, go to www.youtube.com.  History: Videos youâve viewed most recently.  Subscriptions: Videos from YouTube accounts to which youâve subscribed. You must be signed in to a YouTube account to use this feature.  Playlists: Videos youâve added to playlists. You must be signed in to a YouTube account to use this feature. You can replace the browse buttons at the bottom of the screen with buttons you use more frequently. See âChanging the Browse Buttonsâ on page 115. 111 Search for a video: 1 6CR5GCTEJ VCR/QTG°TUVKH5GCTEJKUP¨VXKUKDNG VJGPVCRVJG;QW6WDGUGCTEJ°GNF 2 Type a word or phrase that describes what youâre looking for, then tap Search. YouTube shows results based on video titles, descriptions, tags, and user names. Listed videos show title, rating, number of views, length, and the account name that posted the video. Play a video: Tap the video. The video begins to download to iPod touch and a progress bar appears. When enough of the video has downloaded, it begins to play. You can also tap to start the video. Controlling Video Playback When a video starts playing, the controls disappear so they donât obscure the video. Show or hide the video controls: Tap the screen. 7SH`OLHK +V^USVHKWYVNYLZZ :JY\IILYIHY :JHSL 7SH`7H\ZL 5L_[ -HZ[MVY^HYK ,THPS =VS\TL )VVRTHYR 7YL]PV\ZYL^PUK Play or pause a video Tap Adjust the volume Drag the volume slider, or use the volume buttons on the side of iPod touch. Start a video over Tap Skip to the next or previous video in a list twice to skip to the previous video. Tap Tap to skip to the next video. Rewind or fast-forward Touch and hold Skip to any point in a video Drag the playhead along the scrubber bar. or . or 5VQRYCVEJKPICXKFGQDGHQTGKV°PKUJGURNC[KPI Tap Done, or press the Home button. 5YKVEJDGVYGGPUECNKPICXKFGQVQ°NNVJGUETGGP Double-tap the video. You can also tap OCMGVJGXKFGQ°NNVJGUETGGPQTVCR QT°VVQVJGUETGGP KV°VVJGUETGGP 112 Add a video to Favorites using video controls Start playing a video and tap Email a link to the video using video controls Start playing a video and tap Chapter 13 YouTube to to make Managing Videos Tap next to a video to see related videos and more controls for managing videos. Add the video to Favorites Tap âAdd to Favorites.â Add the video to a playlist Tap âAdd to Playlist,â then select an existing playlist or tap to create a new playlist. Email a link to the video Tap Share Video. Browse and view related videos Tap a video in the list of related videos to view, or next to a video for more information. tap Getting More Information Tap next to the video to show the videoâs comments, description, date added, and other information. Chapter 13 YouTube 113 Rate the video or add a comment On the More Info screen, tap âRate, Comment, or Flag,â then choose âRate or Comment.â You must be signed in to a YouTube account to use this feature. See more videos from this account On the More Info screen, tap More Videos. Subscribe to this YouTube account On the More Info screen, tap More Videos, then tap âSubscribe to â at the bottom of the video list. You must be signed in to a YouTube account to use this feature. Using YouTube Account Features If you have a YouTube account, you can access account features such as subscriptions, comments and ratings, and playlists. To create a YouTube account, go to www.youtube.com. Show favorites youâve added to your account: In Favorites, tap Sign In, then enter your username and password to see your account favorites. Any existing favorites youâve added to iPod touch can be merged with your account favorites when you sign in. Delete a favorite: In Favorites, tap Edit, tap next to a video, then tap Delete. Show subscriptions youâve added to your account: In Subscriptions, tap Sign In, then enter your username and password to see your account subscriptions. Tap an account in the list to see all videos for that account. Unsubscribe from a YouTube account: In Subscriptions, tap an account in the list, then tap Unsubscribe. View playlists: In Playlists, tap a playlist to see the list of videos youâve added. Tap any video in the playlist to begin playing videos from that point in the playlist. Edit a playlist: In Playlists, tap Edit, then do one of the following:  To delete the entire playlist, tap  To create a new playlist, tap Add a video to a playlist: Tap a playlist. next to a playlist, then tap Delete. , then enter a name for the playlist. next to a video, then tap âAdd to Playlistâ and choose Delete a video from a playlist: 1 In Playlists, tap a playlist, then tap Edit. 2 Tap 114 next to a playlist, then tap Delete. Chapter 13 YouTube Changing the Browse Buttons You can replace the Featured, Most Viewed, Bookmarks, and Search buttons at the bottom of the screen with ones you use more frequently. For example, if you watch top-rated videos often but donât watch many featured videos, you could replace the Featured button with Top Rated. Change the browse buttons: Tap More and tap Edit, then drag a button to the bottom of the screen, over the button you want to replace. You can drag the buttons at the bottom of the screen left or right to rearrange them. 9JGP[QW°PKUJVCR&QPG When youâre browsing for videos, tap More to access the browse buttons that arenât visible. Chapter 13 YouTube 115 Stocks 14 Viewing Stock Quotes Stocks lets you see the latest available quotes for your selected stocks, funds, and KPFGZGU6QWUG5VQEMUK2QFVQWEJOWUVLQKPC9K(KPGVYQTMVJCV¨UEQPPGEVGFVQVJG Internet. See âConnecting to the Internetâ on page 19. Quotes are updated every time you open Stocks when connected to the Internet. Quotes may be delayed by up to 20 minutes or more depending upon the reporting service. Add a stock, fund, or index to the stock reader: 1 Tap , then tap . 2 Enter a symbol, company name, fund name, or index, then tap Search. 3 Select an item from the search results and tap Done. View charts in landscape orientation: Rotate iPod touch sideways. Flick left or right to view the other charts in your stock reader. Show the progress of a stock, fund, or index over time: Tap the stock, fund, or index KP[QWTNKUVVJGPVCRFYOOO[QT[6JGEJCTVCFLWUVUVQUJQYRTQITGUU over one day, one week, one month, three months, six months, one year, or two years. 116 When you view a chart in landscape orientation, you can touch the chart to display the XCNWGHQTCURGEK°ERQKPVKPVKOG 7UGVYQ°PIGTUVQUGGVJGEJCPIGKPXCNWGQXGTCURGEK°ERGTKQFQHVKOG Delete a stock: Tap and tap Change the order of the list: Tap place in the list. next to a stock, then tap Delete. . Then drag next to a stock or index to a new Switch the view to percentage change, price change, or market capitalization: Tap any of the values along the right side of the screen. Tap again to switch to another view. Or tap and tap %, Price, or Mkt Cap, then tap Done. Getting More Information See the summary, chart, or news page about a stock, fund, or index: Select the stock, HWPFQTKPFGZKP[QWTNKUVVJGPÂąKEMVJGRCIGUWPFGTPGCVJVJGUVQEMTGCFGTVQXKGYVJG summary, chart, or recent news page. On the news page, you can scroll up and down to read headlines, or tap a headline to view the article in Safari. See more information at Yahoo.com: Select the stock, fund, or index in your list, then tap Chapter 14 Stocks 117 Maps 15 WARNING: For important information about driving and navigating safely, see the Important Product Information Guide at www.apple.com/support/manuals/ipodtouch. Maps provides street maps, satellite photos, a hybrid view, and street views of locations KPOCP[QHVJGYQTNF¨UEQWPVTKGUCPFTGIKQPU;QWECPIGVVTCĂEKPHQTOCVKQPCPFFGVCKNGF driving, public transit, or walking directions. Find your current (approximate) location, and use your current location to get driving directions to or from another place. 6QWUG/CRUK2QFVQWEJOWUVLQKPC9K(KPGVYQTMVJCV¨UEQPPGEVGFVQVJG+PVGTPGV See âConnecting to the Internetâ on page 19. Important: Maps, directions, and location-based apps depend on data services. These FCVCUGTXKEGUCTGUWDLGEVVQEJCPIGCPFOC[PQVDGCXCKNCDNGKPCNNIGQITCRJKECTGCU resulting in maps, directions, or location-based information that may be unavailable, inaccurate, or incomplete. Compare the information provided on iPod touch to your surroundings, and defer to posted signs to resolve any discrepancies. +HNQECVKQPUGTXKEGUKUVWTPGFQĂYJGP[QWQRGP/CRU[QWOC[DGCUMGFVQVWTPKV on. You can use Maps without turning on location services. See âLocation Servicesâ on page 159. 118 Finding and Viewing Locations You can search for locations, get your current location, mark a location with the drop pin, and get satellite and Google Street Views. Searching for Locations You can search for locations in many waysâby address, intersection, area, landmark, bookmark, contact, or zip code, for example. Find a location and see a map: 1 6CRVJGUGCTEJ°GNFVQDTKPIWRVJGMG[DQCTF 2 Type an address or other search information. 3 Tap Search. A pin marks the location. Tap the pin to see the name or description of the location. ;HW[VNL[ PUMVYTH[PVUHIV\[ [OLSVJH[PVUNL[ KPYLJ[PVUZHKK[OL SVJH[PVU[V`V\Y IVVRTHYRZVY JVU[HJ[ZSPZ[VY LTHPSHSPUR[V .VVNSL4HWZ Locations can include places of interest added by Google My Maps users (âUsercreated contentâ), and sponsored links that appear as special icons (for example, ). Zoom in to a part of a map 2KPEJVJGOCRYKVJVYQ°PIGTU1TFQWDNGVCR the part you want to zoom in on. Double-tap again to zoom in even closer. Zoom out 2KPEJVJGOCR1TVCRVJGOCRYKVJVYQ°PIGTU 6CRYKVJVYQ°PIGTUCICKPVQ\QQOQWVHWTVJGT Pan or scroll to another part of the map Drag up, down, left, or right. See the location of someoneâs address in your contacts list: Tap °GNFVJGPVCR%QPVCEVUCPFEJQQUGCEQPVCEV in the search To locate an address in this way, the contact must include at least one address. If the contact has more than one address, choose the one you want to locate. You can also °PFVJGNQECVKQPQHCPCFFTGUUD[VCRRKPIVJGCFFTGUUFKTGEVN[KP%QPVCEVU Chapter 15 Maps 119 Finding Your Current Location #SWKEMVCR°PFU[QWTEWTTGPV CRRTQZKOCVG NQECVKQP Find your current location: Tap Your current location is indicated by a blue marker. If your location canât be determined precisely, a blue circle also appears around the marker. The size of the circle depends on how precisely your location can be determinedâthe smaller the circle, the greater the precision. If you drag the map and tap approximate location. again, iPod touch centers the map back to your iPod touch uses location services to determine your location. Location services uses available information from local Wi-Fi networks (if you have Wi-Fi turned on). When an app is using location services, appears in the status bar. Location services may not be available in all countries or regions. +HNQECVKQPUGTXKEGUKUVWTPGFQĂ[QW¨NNDGRTQORVGFVQVWTPKVQP;QWECP¨V°PF[QWT EWTTGPVNQECVKQPKHNQECVKQPUGTXKEGUKUVWTPGFQĂ5GGÂĽLocation Servicesâ on page 159. 6QEQPUGTXGDCVVGT[NKHGVWTPNQECVKQPUGTXKEGUQĂYJGP[QW¨TGPQVWUKPIKV+P5GVVKPIU choose General > Location Services. Get information about your current location: Tap the blue marker, then tap . iPod touch displays the address of your current location, if available. You can use this information to:  Get directions  Add the location to contacts  Send the address via email  Bookmark the location 120 Chapter 15 Maps Marking a Location with the Drop Pin The drop pin lets you mark a location by hand. Mark a location: Touch and hold the location on the map. The drop pin appears where youâre touching the map. Move the drop pin: Touch and hold, then drag the pin to a new location, or touch and hold a new location until a new pin drops, replacing the previous one. Satellite and Street Views You can see a satellite view of a map, or a combined satellite and street map view. You can also see a Google Street View of a location. See a satellite or hybrid view: Tap VJGPVCR5CVGNNKVGQT*[DTKFVQUGGLWUVCUCVGNNKVG view or a combined street map and satellite view. To return to map view, tap Map. Chapter 15 Maps 121 See the Google Street View of a location: Tap . Flick left or right to pan through the 360° panoramic view. (The inset shows your current view.) Tap an arrow to move down the street. To return to map view, tap the map inset in the lower-right corner. ;HW[VYL[\YU[VTHW]PL^ Street View may not be available in all areas. Getting Directions You can get step-by-step directions for driving, taking public transit, or walking to a destination. Get directions: 1 Tap Directions. 2 'PVGTUVCTVKPICPFGPFKPINQECVKQPUKPVJG5VCTVCPF'PF°GNFU$[FGHCWNVK2QF VQWEJ starts with your current approximate location (if available). Tap KPGKVJGT°GNFVQ choose a location in Bookmarks (including your current location and the dropped pin, if available), Recents, or Contacts. If KUP¨VUJQYKPIFGNGVGVJGEQPVGPVUQHVJG°GNF For example, if a friendâs address is in your contacts list, you can tap Contacts and tap your friendâs name instead of having to type the address. To reverse the directions, tap 3 Tap Route (if you entered locations manually), then select directions by car ( ), directions by public transit ( ), or directions by walking ( ). The travel options available depend on the route. 4 Do one of the following: 122 Chapter 15 Maps  To view all the directions in a list, tap , then tap List. Tap any item in the list to see a map showing that leg of the trip. Tap Route Overview to return to the overview screen.  To view directions one step at a time, tap Start, then tap trip. Tap to see the next leg of the to go back. If youâre driving or walking, the approximate distance and travel time appear at the top QHVJGUETGGP+HVTCĂEFCVCKUCXCKNCDNGVJGFTKXKPIVKOGKUCFLWUVGFCEEQTFKPIN[ If youâre taking public transit, the overview screen shows each leg of the trip and the mode of transportation, including where you need to walk. The top of the screen UJQYUVJGVKOGQHVJGDWUQTVTCKPCVVJG°TUVUVQRVJGGUVKOCVGFCTTKXCNVKOGCPFVJG total fare. Tap to set your departure or arrival time, and to choose a schedule for the trip. Tap the icon at a stop to see the departure time for that bus or train, and to get a link to the transit providerâs website or contact info. When you tap Start and step through the route, detailed information about each leg of the trip appears at the top of the screen. ;QWECPCNUQIGVFKTGEVKQPUD[°PFKPICNQECVKQPQPVJGOCRVCRRKPIVJGRKPVJCV points to it, tapping , then tapping Directions To Here or Directions From Here. Switch start and end points, for reverse directions: Tap If you donât see , tap Edit. See recently viewed directions: Tap Chapter 15 Maps KPVJGUGCTEJ°GNFVJGPVCR4GEGPVU 123 5JQYKPI6TCĂE%QPFKVKQPU 9JGPCXCKNCDNG[QWECPUJQYVTCĂEEQPFKVKQPUHQTOCLQTUVTGGVUCPFJKIJYC[UQP the map. 5JQYQTJKFGVTCĂEEQPFKVKQPU Tap VJGPVCR5JQY6TCĂEQT*KFG6TCĂE 5VTGGVUCPFJKIJYC[UCTGEQNQTEQFGFVQKPFKECVGVJGÂąQYQHVTCĂE .YH`$UVKH[H J\YYLU[S`H]HPSHISL .YLLU$WVZ[LK ZWLLKSPTP[ @LSSV^$ZSV^LY [OHU[OLWVZ[LK ZWLLKSPTP[ 9LK$Z[VWHUKNV +H[QWFQP¨VUGGVTCĂE[QWOC[PGGFVQ\QQOQWVVQCNGXGNYJGTG[QWECPUGGOCLQT TQCFU6TCĂEEQPFKVKQPUCTGPQVCXCKNCDNGKPCNNCTGCU Finding and Contacting Businesses Find businesses in an area: 1 Find a locationâfor example, a city and state or country, or a street addressâor scroll to a location on a map. 2 6[RGVJGMKPFQHDWUKPGUUKPVJGVGZV°GNFCPFVCR5GCTEJ Pins appear for matching locations in the area. For example, if you locate your city and then type âmoviesâ and tap Search, pins mark movie theaters in your city. Tap the pin that marks a business to see its name or description. (KPFDWUKPGUUGUYKVJQWV°PFKPIVJGNQECVKQP°TUV Type things like:  restaurants san francisco ca  apple inc new york Contact a business or get directions: Tap the pin that marks a business, then tap next to the name. From there, you can do the following:  Tap an email address to send email to, or a web address to visit.  For directions, tap Directions To Here or Directions From Here. 124 Chapter 15 Maps  To add the business to your contacts list, tap âAdd to Contactsâ at the bottom of the screen, then tap âCreate New Contactâ or âAdd to Existing Contact.â  Share the location of the business by email. See a list of the businesses found in the search: From the Map screen, tap List. Tap a business to see its location. Or tap next to a business to see its information. =PZP[ ^LIZP[L .L[ KPYLJ[PVUZ ;HW[VZOV^ JVU[HJ[PUMV Sharing Location Information You can add a location youâve found to your contacts list. You can also send links to a Google Maps location using email. Add a location to your contacts list: Find a location, tap the pin that points to it, tap next to the name or description, then tap âAdd to Contactsâ at the bottom of the screen and tap âCreate New Contactâ or âAdd to Existing Contact.â Email a link to a Google Maps location: Find a location, tap the pin that points to it, tap next to the name or description, then tap Share Location at the bottom of the screen and tap Email. Bookmarking Locations ;QWECPDQQMOCTMNQECVKQPUVJCV[QWYCPVVQ°PFCICKPNCVGT Bookmark a location: Find a location, tap the pin that points to it, tap next to the name or description, then tap âAdd to Bookmarksâ at the bottom of the Info screen. See a bookmarked location or recently viewed location: Tap then tap Bookmarks or Recents. Chapter 15 Maps KPVJGUGCTEJ°GNF 125 16 Weather Viewing Weather Summaries Tap Weather on the Home screen to get the current temperature and six-day forecast HQTQPGQTOQTGEKVKGUCTQWPFVJGYQTNF6QWUG9GCVJGTK2QFVQWEJOWUVLQKPC9K(K network thatâs connected to the Internet. See âConnecting to the Internetâ on page 19. ;VKH`ÂťZOPNOHUKSV^ *\YYLU[JVUKP[PVUZ *\YYLU[[LTWLYH[\YL :P_KH`MVYLJHZ[ (KKHUKKLSL[LJP[PLZ 5\TILYVMJP[PLZZ[VYLK If the weather board is light blue, itâs daytime in that cityâbetween 6:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. If the board is dark purple, itâs nighttimeâbetween 6:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m. Add a city: 1 Tap , then tap . 2 Enter a city name or zip code, then tap Search. 3 Choose a city in the search list. Switch to another city: Flick left or right, or tap to the left or right of the row of dots. The number of dots below the weather board shows how many cities are stored. 126 Reorder cities: Tap , then drag Delete a city: Tap and tap next to a city to a new place in the list. next to a city, then tap Delete. Display the temperature in Fahrenheit or Celsius: Tap , then tap °F or °C. Getting More Weather Information You can see a more detailed weather report, news and websites related to the city, and more. See information about a city at Yahoo.com: Tap Chapter 16 Weather 127 Notes 17 About Notes You can create notes on iPod touch and sync notes with supported applications on your computer and online accounts. You can search for text in a list of notes. Syncing Notes You can sync Notes in either of the following ways:  In iTunes, use the iPod touch settings panes to sync with Mail on a Mac or with Microsoft Outlook 2003, 2007, or 2010 on a PC when you connect iPod touch to your computer. See âiPod touch Settings Panes in iTunesâ on page 47.  In Settings, turn on Notes in MobileMe, Google, Yahoo!, AOL, or other IMAP account to sync your notes over the air (iPod touch 3rd generation or later) with those accounts. See âAdding Mail, Contacts, and Calendar Accountsâ on page 19. 128 Writing and Reading Notes When you sync Notes with an application on your computer or with online accounts, the Accounts screen shows each those accounts, plus a button to display all notes in a single list. See all notes: Tap All Notes. 5GGPQVGUHQTCURGEK°ECEEQWPV Tap the account name. 0QVGUCTGNKUVGFKPVJGQTFGTQHVJGNCUVOQFK°GFFCVGYKVJVJGOQUVTGEGPVN[OQFK°GF PQVGCVVJGVQR;QWECPUGGVJG°TUVHGYYQTFUQHGCEJPQVGKPVJGNKUV4QVCVG iPod touch to view notes in landscape orientation and type using a larger keyboard. Add a note: Tap , then type your note and tap Done. Read a note: Tap the note. Tap or to see the next or previous note. Edit a note: Tap anywhere on the note to bring up the keyboard. Delete a note: Tap the note, then tap . Chapter 17 Notes 129 Searching Notes You can search the text of notes. Search for notes: 1 6CRVJGUVCVWUDCTVQUETQNNVQVJGUGCTEJ°GNFCVVJGVQRQHVJGPQVGNKUV 2 'PVGTVGZVKPVJGUGCTEJ°GNF Search results appear as you type. Tap Search to dismiss the keyboard and see more of the results. Notes are included in searches from the Home screen. See âSearchingâ on page 38. Emailing Notes Email a note: Tap the note, then tap . To email a note, iPod touch must be set up for email. See âSetting Up Email Accountsâ on page 91. 130 Chapter 17 Notes 18 Clock World Clocks ;QWECPCFFENQEMUVQUJQYVJGVKOGKPQVJGTOCLQTEKVKGUCPFVKOG\QPGUCTQWPF the world. View clocks: Tap World Clock. If the clock face is white, itâs daytime in that city. If the clock face is black, itâs nighttime. +H[QWJCXGOQTGVJCPHQWTENQEMUÂąKEMVQUETQNNVJTQWIJVJGO Add a clock: 1 Tap World Clock. 2 Tap , then type the name of a city. Cities matching what youâve typed appear below. 3 Tap a city to add a clock for that city. +H[QWFQP¨VUGGVJGEKV[[QW¨TGNQQMKPIHQTVT[COCLQTEKV[KPVJGUCOGVKOG\QPG Delete a clock: Tap World Clock and tap Edit. Then tap next to a clock and tap Delete. Rearrange clocks: Tap World Clock and tap Edit. Then drag place in the list. next to a clock to a new Alarms You can set multiple alarms. Set each alarm to repeat on days you specify, or to sound only once. Set an alarm: 1 Tap Alarm and tap . 2 #FLWUVCP[QHVJGHQNNQYKPIUGVVKPIU  To set the alarm to repeat on certain days, tap Repeat and choose the days.  6QEJQQUGVJGTKPIVQPGVJCVUQWPFUYJGPVJGCNCTOIQGUQĂtap Sound. 131  To set whether the alarm gives you the option to hit snooze, VWTP5PQQ\GQPQTQĂ+H Snooze is on and you tap Snooze when the alarm sounds, the alarm stops and then sounds again in ten minutes.  To give the alarm a description, tap Label. iPod touch displays the label when the alarm sounds. If at least one alarm is set and turned on, top of the screen. appears in the iPod touch status bar at the 6WTPCPCNCTOQPQTQĂ 6CR#NCTOCPFVWTPCP[CNCTOQPQTQĂ+HCPCNCTOKUVWTPGF QĂKVYQP¨VUQWPFCICKPWPNGUU[QWVWTPKVDCEMQP +HCPCNCTOKUUGVVQUQWPFQPN[QPEGKVVWTPUQĂCWVQOCVKECNN[CHVGTKVUQWPFU;QWECP turn it on again to reenable it. Change settings for an alarm: Tap Alarm and tap Edit, then tap you want to change. Delete an alarm: Tap Alarm and tap Edit, then tap next to the alarm next to the alarm and tap Delete. Stopwatch Use the stopwatch to time an event: 1 Tap Stopwatch. 2 Tap Start to start the stopwatch.  To record lap times, tap Lap after each lap.  To pause the stopwatch, tap Stop. Tap Start to resume.  To reset the stopwatch, tap Reset when the stopwatch is paused. If you start the stopwatch and switch to another app, the stopwatch keeps running. Timer Set the timer: 6CR6KOGTVJGPÂąKEMVQUGVVJGPWODGTQHJQWTUCPFOKPWVGU6CR5VCTV to start the timer. Choose the sound: Tap When Timer Ends. Set a sleep timer: Set the timer, then tap When Timer Ends and choose Sleep iPod. When you set a sleep timer, iPod touch stops playing music or video when the timer ends. If you start the timer and then switch to another iPod touch app, the timer keeps running. 132 Chapter 18 Clock Calculator 19 Using the Calculator 6CRPWODGTUCPFHWPEVKQPUKP%CNEWNCVQTLWUVCU[QWYQWNFYKVJCUVCPFCTFECNEWNCVQT When you tap the add, subtract, multiply, or divide button, a white ring appears around the button to let you know the operation to be carried out. Rotate iPod touch VQIGVCPGZRCPFGFUEKGPVK°EECNEWNCVQT Standard Memory Functions  C: Tap to clear the displayed number.  MC: Tap to clear the memory.  M+: Tap to add the displayed number to the number in memory. If no number is in memory, tap to store the displayed number in memory.  M-: Tap to subtract the displayed number from the number in memory.  MR: Tap to replace the displayed number with the number in memory. If the button has a white ring around it, there is a number stored in memory. The stored number remains in memory when you switch between the standard and UEKGPVK°EECNEWNCVQTU 133 5EKGPVK°E%CNEWNCVQT-G[U 4QVCVGK2QFVQWEJVQNCPFUECRGQTKGPVCVKQPVQFKURNC[VJGUEKGPVK°EECNEWNCVQT 2nd Changes the trigonometric buttons (sin, cos, tan, sinh, cosh, and tanh) to their inverse functions (sin-1, cos-1, tan-1, sinh-1, cosh-1, and tanh-1). It also changes ln to log2, and ex to 2x. Tap 2nd again to return the buttons to their original functions. Opens a parenthetical expression. Expressions can be nested. Closes a parenthetical expression. Calculates percentages, adds markups, and subtracts discounts. To calculate a percentage, use it with the multiplication (x) key. For example, to calculate 8% of 500, enter 500 x 8 % = which returns 40. To add a markup or subtract a discount, use it with the plus (+) or minus (â) key. For example, to compute the total cost of a $500 item with an 8% sales tax, enter 500 + 8 % = which returns 540. 1/x Returns the reciprocal of a value in decimal format. Squares a value. Cubes a value. yx 6CRDGVYGGPXCNWGUVQTCKUGVJG°TUVXCNWGVQVJGRQYGTQHVJGUGEQPFXCNWG(QT example, to compute 34, enter 3 yx 4 = which returns 81. x! Calculates the factorial of a value. Calculates the square root of a value. Use between values to calculate the x root of y. For example to compute 4381, enter 81 x3y 4 = which returns 3. 3y 134 Chapter 19 Calculator log Returns the log base 10 of a value. sin Calculates the sine of a value. sin-1 Calculates the arc sine of a value. (Available when the 2nd button is tapped.) cos Calculates the cosine of a value. cos Calculates the arc cosine of a value. (Available when the 2nd button is tapped.) tan Calculates the tangent of a value. tan-1 Calculates the arc tangent of a value. (Available when the 2nd button is tapped.) ln Calculates the natural log of a value. log2 Calculates the log base 2. (Available when the 2nd button is tapped.) sinh Calculates the hyperbolic sine of a value. -1 sinh -1 Calculates the inverse hyperbolic sine of a value. (Available when the 2nd button is tapped.) cosh Calculates the hyperbolic cosine of a value. cosh Calculates the inverse hyperbolic cosine of a value. (Available when the 2nd button is tapped.) -1 tanh Calculates the hyperbolic tangent of a value. tanh Calculates the inverse hyperbolic tangent of a value. (Available when the 2nd button is tapped.) ex Tap after entering a value to raise the constant âeâ (2.718281828459045âŚ) to the power of that value. 2x Calculates 2 to the power of the displayed value. For example, 10 2x = 1024. (Available when the 2nd button is tapped.) Rad Changes the mode to express trigonometric functions in radians. Deg Changes the mode to express trigonometric functions in degrees.  Enters the value of  (3.141592653589793âŚ). EE An operator that multiplies the currently displayed value by 10 to the power of the next value you enter. Rand Returns a random number between 0 and 1. -1 Chapter 19 Calculator 135 20 Voice Memos Recording Voice Memos Voice Memos lets you use iPod touch as a portable recording device. Voice Memos uses the internal microphone in iPod touch 4th generation. To use Voice Memos on iPod touch 2nd generation or iPod touch 3rd generation, connect the Apple Earphones with Remote and Mic or a compatible accessory with a microphone. These include Apple-branded earbuds and authorized third-party accessories marked with the Apple âMade for iPodâ logo. ;QWECPCFLWUVVJGTGEQTFKPINGXGND[OQXKPIVJGOKETQRJQPGENQUGTVQQTHWTVJGT away from what youâre recording. For better recording quality, the loudest level on the level meter should be between â3dB and 0 dB. (\KPVSL]LSTL[LY .V[V]VPJLTLTVZ 9LJVYKI\[[VU 136 Record a voice memo: 1 Tap to start recording. You can also press the center button on a compatible three-button headset with mic. 2 Tap to pause or to stop recording. You can also press the center button on a compatible three-button headset with mic to stop recording. You can record in either mono or stereo depending upon the external microphone you use. When you start a voice recording, iPod touch makes a short ringing sound. To use other apps while recording your voice memo, you can lock iPod touch or press the Home button. Play a voice memo you just recorded: Tap . Listening to Voice Memos 7SH`OLHK :JY\IILYIHY Play a voice memo youâve previously recorded: 1 Tap . /GOQUCTGNKUVGFKPEJTQPQNQIKECNQTFGTYKVJVJGOQUVTGEGPVOGOQ°TUV 2 Tap a memo, then tap . Tap to pause, then tap again to resume playback. Skip to any point in a voice memo: Drag the playhead along the scrubber bar. Listen through the built-in speaker: Tap Speaker. Managing Voice Memos Delete a voice memo: Tap a memo in the list, then tap Delete. Chapter 20 Voice Memos 137 See more information: Tap next to the memo. The Info screen displays information about the length, recording time and date, and provides additional editing and sharing functions. Add a label to a voice memo: On the Info screen tap , then select a label in the list on the Label screen. To create a custom label, choose Custom at the bottom of the list, then type a name for the label. Trimming Voice Memos You can trim the beginning or ending of a voice memo to eliminate unwanted pauses or noise. Trim a voice memo: 1 On the Voice Memos screen, tap next to the memo you want to trim. 2 Tap Trim Memo. 3 7UKPIVJGVKOGOCTMGTUCUCIWKFGFTCIVJGGFIGUQHVJGCWFKQTGIKQPVQCFLWUVVJG beginning and end of the voice memo. To preview your edit, tap . 138 Chapter 20 Voice Memos 4 Tap Trim Voice Memo. Important: Edits you make to voice memos canât be undone. Sharing Voice Memos You can share your voice memos as attachments in email messages. Share a voice memo: 1 Select a voice memo on the Voice Memos screen, then tap Share. You can also tap Share on the Info screen of a voice memo. 2 Choose Email to open a new message in Mail with the memo attached. #OGUUCIGCRRGCTUKHVJG°NG[QW¨TGVT[KPIVQUGPFKUVQQNCTIG Syncing Voice Memos iTunes syncs voice memos to your iTunes library when you connect iPod touch to your computer. This lets you listen to voice memos on your computer and provides a backup if you delete them from iPod touch. Voice memos are synced to the Voice Memos playlist. iTunes creates the playlist if it doesnât exist. When you sync voice memos to iTunes, they remain in the Voice Memos app until you delete them. If you delete a voice memo on iPod touch, it isnât deleted from the Voice Memos playlist in iTunes. However, if you delete a voice memo from iTunes, it is deleted from iPod touch the next time you sync with iTunes. You can sync the iTunes Voice Memos playlist to the Music app on iPod touch using the Music pane in iTunes. Sync the Voice Memos playlist to iPod touch: 1 Connect iPod touch to your computer. 2 In iTunes, select iPod touch in the Devices list. 3 Select Music at the top of the screen. 4 Select the âInclude voice memosâ checkbox and click Apply. Chapter 20 Voice Memos 139 iTunes Store 21 About the iTunes Store You can search for, browse, preview, purchase, and download music, audiobooks, TV shows, movies, and music videos from the iTunes Store directly to iPod touch. You can listen to audio or watch video podcasts from the iTunes Store, either by streaming them from the Internet or by downloading them directly to iPod touch. And, you ECPHQNNQY[QWTHCXQTKVGCTVKUVUCPFHTKGPFUVQ°PFQWVYJCVOWUKEVJG[¨TGNKUVGPKPIVQ CPFVCNMKPICDQWV°PFQWVYJGP[QWTHCXQTKVGCTVKUVUCTGQPVQWTPGCT[QWCPFYJQ¨U planning to go, and more. Note: The iTunes Store may not be available in all countries or regions, and iTunes Store content may vary by country or region. 6QCEEGUUVJGK6WPGU5VQTGK2QFVQWEJOWUVLQKPC9K(KPGVYQTMVJCV¨UEQPPGEVGFVQ the Internet. See âConnecting to the Internetâ on page 19. To purchase items or write reviews, you need an Apple account. By default, iPod touch gets your Apple account settings from iTunes. If you donât have an Apple account, or if you want to make purchases from another Apple account, go to Settings > Store. See âStoreâ on page 168. You donât need an Apple account to play or download podcasts. 140 Finding Music, Videos, and More Browse content: Tap one of the content categories at the bottom of the screen, such as Music or Videos. Or tap More to browse other content. Choose a sort method at the top of the screenâfor example New Releases or Genres (the categories may vary). Search for content: 6CR5GCTEJ VCR/QTG°TUVKH5GCTEJKUP¨VXKUKDNG VCRVJGUGCTEJ °GNFCPFGPVGTQPGQTOQTGYQTFUVJGPVCR5GCTEJ5GCTEJTGUWNVUCTGITQWRGFD[ category, such as Movies, Albums, or Podcasts. Tap an item in a list to see more details on its Info screen. You can read reviews, write your own review, or email a link about the item to a friend. Depending on the item, you can also buy, download, or rent it. Note: +H[QWLQKPC5VCTDWEMU9K(KPGVYQTMKPCUGNGEV5VCTDWEMUNQECVKQP CXCKNCDNGKPVJG U.S. only), the Starbucks icon appears at the bottom of the screen. You can preview and purchase the currently playing and other songs from featured Starbucks Collections. Chapter 21 iTunes Store 141 Explore artist and friend recommendations: 6CR2KPI VCR/QTG°TUVKH2KPIKUP¨V XKUKDNG VQ°PFQWVYJCV¨UPGYHTQO[QWTHCXQTKVGCTVKUVUQTUGGYJCVOWUKE[QWTHTKGPFU are excited about. For information, see the following section, âConnecting with Artists and Friends.â Following Artists and Friends Use iTunes Ping to connect with the worldâs most passionate music fans. Follow favorite artists to learn about new releases and upcoming concerts and tours, get an insiderâs perspective through their photos and videos, and learn about their musical KPÂąWGPEGU4GCFHTKGPFU¨EQOOGPVUCDQWVVJGOWUKEVJG[¨TGNKUVGPKPIVQCPFUGGYJCV theyâre buying and which concerts they plan to attend. Finally, express your musical likes and post comments for your own followers. 6QETGCVGCPFGZRNQTGOWUKECNEQPPGEVKQPU[QWPGGFVQETGCVGCRTQ°NG %TGCVG[QWTK6WPGU2KPIRTQ°NG Open the iTunes application on your Mac or PC, click Ping, and follow the onscreen instructions. Explore iTunes Ping on your iPod touch: Open the iTunes app, tap Ping (tap More °TUVKH2KPIKUP¨VXKUKDNG VJGP  Tap Activity to see the latest from and about the people you follow. Updates include purchases, reviews, likes, comments, and posts.  Tap People to see who youâre following and who is following you.  6CR/[2TQ°NGVQTGXKGY[QWTRTQ°NGKPHQTOCVKQP Follow an artist: 1PCP[CNDWORCIGVCR#TVKUV2TQ°NG1PVJGCTVKUV¨URTQ°NGRCIG tap Follow. Follow a friend: %JQQUG[QWTUVCTVKPIITQWRQHHTKGPFUYJGP[QWUGVWR[QWTRTQ°NG using iTunes on your Mac or PC. After that, you can follow friends of friends using Ping QPK2QFVQWEJ)QVQ[QWTRTQ°NGRCIGVCR2GQRNG+(QNNQYVJGPVCRCPCOG9JGP VJGKTRTQ°NGCRRGCTU[QWECPVCRVQUGGYJQVJG[¨TGHQNNQYKPIQTYJQKUHQNNQYKPI VJGO+H[QW°PFUQOGQPGKPVGTGUVKPIVCR(QNNQYQPVJGKTRTQ°NGRCIG 9JGP[QWHQNNQYUQOGQPGVJG[FQP¨VCWVQOCVKECNN[HQNNQY[QW+P[QWTRTQ°NG[QWECP choose to approve or decline follow requests as they arrive, or simply accept all new followers without review (the default). Share your thoughts: As you browse albums and songs, tap Post to comment on a RKGEGQHOWUKEQTVCR.KMGLWUVVQUC[[QWNKMGKV;QWTHTKGPFUYKNNUGG[QWTVJQWIJVUKP their iTunes Ping Activity feed. Share concert plans: 6CR%QPEGTVUQP[QWTRTQ°NGRCIGVQUGGWREQOKPI performances by the artists you follow, and see which of your friends are going to a show. Tap Tickets to buy your own ticket, or tap Iâm Going to let others know youâll be there too. 142 Chapter 21 iTunes Store Purchasing Music or Audiobooks 9JGP[QW°PFCUQPICNDWOQTCWFKQDQQM[QWNKMGKPVJGK6WPGU5VQTG[QWECP purchase and download it to iPod touch. You can preview an item before you purchase it to make sure itâs what you want. Preview a song or audiobook: Tap the item. Purchase and download a song, album, or audiobook: 1 Tap the price, then tap Buy Now. 2 5KIPKPVQ[QWTCEEQWPVCUTGSWGUVGFVJGPVCR1- If you donât have an Apple account, tap Create New Account to set one up. Your purchase is charged to your Apple account. For additional purchases made within VJGPGZV°HVGGPOKPWVGU[QWFQP¨VJCXGVQGPVGT[QWTRCUUYQTFCICKP An alert appears if youâve previously purchased one or more songs from an album. Tap Buy if you want to purchase the entire album including the songs youâve already purchased, or tap Cancel if you want to purchase any remaining songs individually. Some albums include bonus content, which is downloaded to your iTunes library on your computer. Not all bonus content is downloaded directly to iPod touch. Once you purchase an item, it begins downloading and appears on the Downloads screen. See âChecking Download Statusâ on page 145. Purchased songs are added to a Purchased playlist on iPod touch. If you delete the Purchased playlist, iTunes creates a new one when you buy an item from the iTunes Store. ;QWECPTGFGGOK6WPGU5VQTGIKHVECTFUIKHVEGTVK°ECVGUQTQVJGTRTQOQVKQPCNEQFGUVQ make purchases. When youâre signed in to your account, your remaining store credit appears with your account information at the bottom of most iTunes Store screens. Enter a redemption code: 6CR/WUKE VCR/QTG°TUVKH/WUKEKUP¨VXKUKDNG VJGPVCR Redeem at the bottom of the screen and follow the onscreen instructions. Chapter 21 iTunes Store 143 Purchasing or Renting Videos The iTunes Store lets you purchase and download movies, TV shows, and music videos (may not be available in all countries or regions). Some movies and TV shows can also DGTGPVGFHQTCNKOKVGFVKOG8KFGQEQPVGPVOC[DGCXCKNCDNGKPUVCPFCTFFG°PKVKQP 5& QTR HQTOCVJKIJFG°PKVKQP *&QTR HQTOCVQTDQVJ Preview a video: Tap Preview. Purchase or rent a video: 1 Tap Buy or Rent. 2 5KIPKPVQ[QWTCEEQWPVCUTGSWGUVGFVJGPVCR1- If you donât have an Apple account, tap Create New Account to set one up. Your purchase is charged to your Apple account. For additional purchases made within the PGZV°HVGGPOKPWVGU[QWFQP¨VJCXGVQGPVGT[QWTRCUUYQTFCICKP Once you purchase an item, it begins downloading and appears on the Downloads screen. See âChecking Download Statusâ on page 145. Rented movies and TV shows donât begin playing until the download completes. See âWatching Rented Movies and TV Showsâ on page 64. When the download is complete, purchased videos are added to the Purchased playlist on iPod touch. Purchased content is synced to the Purchased playlist for your iPod touch in iTunes the next time you connect iPod touch to your computer. See âSyncing Purchased Content.â Note: If you purchase HD video on iPod touch 3rd generation, the video is downloaded in SD format. To view or sync videos in the Purchased playlist in iTunes on your computer, you must be signed in to your Apple account. Sync purchased videos in iTunes: Connect iPod touch to your computer. In iTunes, select iPod touch in the Devices list, click the appropriate button (Movies, TV Shows, or Music for music videos), select the items you want to sync, then click Sync. Select SD or HD format: In iTunes, Control-click or right-click a video marked âHD-SDâ CPFEJQQUG5VCPFCTF&G°PKVKQPQT*KIJ&G°PKVKQPHTQOVJG8GTUKQPOGPW ;QWECPTGFGGOK6WPGU5VQTGIKHVECTFUIKHVEGTVK°ECVGUQTQVJGTRTQOQVKQPCNEQFGUVQ make purchases. When youâre signed in to your account, your remaining store credit appears with your account information at the bottom of most iTunes Store screens. Enter a redemption code: 6CR/WUKE VCR/QTG°TUVKH/WUKEKUP¨VXKUKDNG VJGPVCR Redeem at the bottom of the screen and follow the onscreen instructions. 144 Chapter 21 iTunes Store Streaming or Downloading Podcasts You can listen to audio podcasts or watch video podcasts streamed over your Wi-Fi Internet connection from the iTunes Store. You can also download audio and video podcasts to iPod touch. Podcasts you download to iPod touch are synced to your iTunes library when you connect iPod touch to your computer. 6CR2QFECUVU VCR/QTG°TUVKH2QFECUVUKUP¨VXKUKDNG VQDTQYUGRQFECUVUKPVJG iTunes Store. To see a list of episodes, tap a podcast. Video podcasts are indicated by the video icon. Stream a podcast: Tap the podcast title. Download a podcast: Tap the Free button, then tap Download. Downloaded podcasts appear in the Podcasts list in Music. Listen to or watch a podcast youâve downloaded: In Music, tap Podcasts (tap More °TUVKH2QFECUVUKUP¨VXKUKDNG VJGPVCRVJGRQFECUV8KFGQRQFECUVUCNUQCRRGCTKP[QWT list of videos. Get more episodes of the podcast youâve downloaded: In the Podcasts list in Music, tap the podcast, then tap Get More Episodes. Delete a podcast: In the Podcasts list in Music, swipe left or right over the podcast, then tap Delete. Checking Download Status You can check the Downloads screen to see the status of in-progress and scheduled downloads, including purchases youâve pre-ordered. See the status of items being downloaded: 6CR&QYPNQCFU VCR/QTG°TUVKH Downloads isnât visible). To pause a download, tap . If a download is interrupted, iPod touch starts the download again the next time it has an Internet connection. Or, if you open iTunes on your computer, iTunes completes the download to your iTunes library (if your computer is connected to the Internet and signed in to the same Apple account). See the status of pre-ordered items: 6CR&QYPNQCFU VCR/QTG°TUVKH&QYPNQCFU isnât visible). Pre-ordered items appear in a list until the date the item is released. Tap the item for release date information. Once the item is available for download, the download icon appears next to the download. Download a pre-ordered item: Tap the item, then tap Pre-ordered items donât download automatically when theyâre released. Return to the Downloads screen to begin the download. Chapter 21 iTunes Store 145 Syncing Purchased Content iTunes automatically syncs everything youâve downloaded or purchased on iPod touch to your iTunes library when you connect iPod touch to your computer. This lets you access the downloads on your computer and provides a backup if you delete purchased content from iPod touch. Purchased content is synced to the âPurchased on â playlist. iTunes creates the playlist if it doesnât exist. iTunes also copies your purchases to the Purchased playlist that iTunes uses for purchases you make on your computer, if that playlist exists and is set to sync with iPod touch. Downloaded podcasts are synced to the Podcast list in your iTunes library. Changing the Browse Buttons You can replace the Music, Podcasts, Videos, and Search buttons at the bottom of the screen with ones you use more frequently. For example, if you download audiobooks often but donât watch many videos, you could replace the Videos button with Audiobooks. Change the browse buttons: Tap More, tap Edit, then drag a button to the bottom of the screen, over the button you want to replace. You can drag the buttons at the bottom of the screen left or right to rearrange them. 9JGP[QW°PKUJVCR&QPG When youâre browsing, tap More to access the browse buttons that arenât visible. 146 Chapter 21 iTunes Store Viewing Account Information To view your Apple account information on iPod touch, tap your account (at the bottom of most iTunes Store screens). Or go to Settings > Store and tap View Account. You must be signed in to view your account information. See âStoreâ on page 168. Verifying Downloads You can use iTunes on your computer to verify that all the music, videos, apps, and other items you bought from the iTunes Store or App Store are in your iTunes library. You might want to do this if a download was interrupted. Verify your purchases: 1 Make sure your computer is connected to the Internet. 2 In iTunes, choose Store > Check for Available Downloads. 3 Enter your Apple ID and password, then click Check. Purchases not yet on your computer are downloaded. The Purchased playlist displays your purchases. However, because you can add or remove items in this list, it might not be accurate. To see all of your purchases, sign in to your account, choose Store > View My Account, and click Purchase History. Chapter 21 iTunes Store 147 App Store 22 About the App Store You can search for, browse, review, purchase, and download apps from the App Store directly to iPod touch. Apps that you download and install from the App Store on iPod touch are backed up to your iTunes library the next time you sync iPod touch with your computer. When you sync iPod touch, you can also install apps youâve purchased or downloaded from the iTunes Store on your computer. Note: The App Store may not be available in all countries or regions, and App Store content may vary by country or region. 6QWUGVJG#RR5VQTGK2QFVQWEJOWUVLQKPC9K(KPGVYQTMVJCV¨UEQPPGEVGFVQVJG Internet. See âConnecting to the Internetâ on page 19. You also need an Apple account (may not be available in all countries or regions) to download apps. By default, iPod touch gets your Apple account settings from iTunes. If you donât have an Apple account, or if you want to make purchases from another Apple account, go to Settings > Store. See âStoreâ on page 168. 148 Browsing and Searching Browse the featured selections to see new, notable, or recommended apps, or browse 6QRVQUGGVJGOQUVRQRWNCTCRRU+H[QW¨TGNQQMKPIHQTCURGEK°ECRRWUG5GCTEJ Browse apps: Tap Featured, Categories, or Top 25. Choose a category, or choose a sort method at the top of the screen to browse by lists such as New, Whatâs Hot, Genius, Top Paid, or Top Free. Browse using Genius: Tap Genius to see a list of recommended apps based on whatâs already in your app collection. To turn Genius on, follow the onscreen instructions. Genius is a free service, but it requires an Apple account. Search for apps: 6CR5GCTEJVCRVJGUGCTEJ°GNFCPFGPVGTQPGQTOQTGYQTFUVJGP tap Search. Chapter 22 App Store 149 Info Screen Tap any app in a list to see more information, such as the appâs price, screenshots, and ratings. If you already installed the app, âInstalledâ appears instead of the price on the Info screen. View screenshots: Scroll to near the bottom of the Info page. Flick left or right to view additional screenshot pages. Double-tap to zoom in. Get ratings and read reviews: Tap Ratings near the bottom of the Info screen. Email a link to the appâs Info page in iTunes: Tap âTell a Friendâ near the bottom of the Info screen. Report a problem: Tap âReport a Problemâ near the bottom of the Info screen. Select a problem from the list or type optional comments, then tap Report. Send the app to someone as a gift: Tap âGift This Appâ near the bottom of the Info screen, then follow the onscreen instructions. 150 Chapter 22 App Store Downloading Apps 9JGP[QW°PFCPCRR[QWYCPVKPVJG#RR5VQTG[QWECPRWTEJCUGCPFFQYPNQCFKV to iPod touch. If the app is free, you can download it without charge after providing your Apple account information. Once you download an app, itâs immediately installed on iPod touch. Purchase and download an app: 1 Tap the price (or tap Free), then tap Buy Now. 2 5KIPKPVQ[QWTCEEQWPVCUTGSWGUVGFVJGPVCR1- If you donât have an Apple account, tap Create New Account to set one up. Downloads for purchase are charged to your Apple account. For additional downloads OCFGYKVJKPVJGPGZV°HVGGPOKPWVGU[QWFQP¨VJCXGVQGPVGT[QWTRCUUYQTFCICKP Some apps allow you to make purchases within the app. You can restrict in-app purchases in Settings. See âRestrictionsâ on page 161. 5QOGCRRUWUGRWUJPQVK°ECVKQPUVQCNGTV[QWQHPGYKPHQTOCVKQPGXGPYJGPVJG CRRKUP¨VTWPPKPI0QVK°ECVKQPUXCT[FGRGPFKPIQPVJGCRRDWVOC[KPENWFGVGZV or sound alerts, and a numbered badge on the app icon on the Home screen. See â0QVK°ECVKQPUâ on page 156. ;QWECPTGFGGOK6WPGU5VQTGIKHVECTFUIKHVEGTVK°ECVGUQTQVJGTRTQOQVKQPCNEQFGUVQ make purchases. When youâre signed in to your account, your remaining store credit appears with your account information at the bottom of most App Store screens. Enter a redemption code: Tap Redeem near the bottom of the Featured screen, then follow the onscreen instructions. See the status of downloading apps: After you begin downloading an app, its icon appears on the Home screen and shows a progress indicator. If a download is interrupted, iPod touch starts the download again the next time it has an Internet connection. Or, if you open iTunes on your computer, iTunes completes the download to your iTunes library (if your computer is connected to the Internet and signed in to the same Apple account). Chapter 22 App Store 151 Deleting Apps You can delete apps you install from the App Store. If you delete an app, data associated with the app is no longer available to iPod touch, unless you reinstall the app and restore its data from a backup. You can reinstall an app and restore its data as long as you backed up iPod touch with iTunes on your computer. (If you try to delete an app that hasnât been backed up to your computer, an alert appears.) To retrieve the app data, you must restore iPod touch from a backup containing the data. See âRestoring from a Backupâ on page 208. Delete an App Store app: 1 6QWEJCPFJQNFCP[CRRKEQPQPVJG*QOGUETGGPWPVKNVJGKEQPUUVCTVVQLKIING 2 Tap in the corner of the app you want to delete. 3 Tap Delete, then press the Home button. When you delete an app, its data is no longer accessible through the iPod touch user interface, but it isnât erased from iPod touch. For information about erasing all content and settings, see âErase All Content and Settingsâ on page 165. You can redownload any app that youâve purchased from the App Store, free of charge. Replace a deleted app:  On iPod touch: Purchase the app again (you wonât be charged).  In iTunes: Connect iPod touch to your computer, select iPod touch in the Devices list, click Apps and select the checkbox next to the app, then click Apply. Writing Reviews You can write and submit your own app reviews directly on iPod touch. Write a review: 1 Tap Ratings near the bottom of the Info screen. 2 On the Reviews screen, tap âWrite a Review.â 3 Select the number of stars (1â5) for your rating of the app, and enter your nickname, a title for the review, and optional review comments. If youâve written reviews before, VJGPKEMPCOG°GNFKUCNTGCF[°NNGFKP1VJGTYKUG[QW¨TGCUMGFVQETGCVGCTGXKGYGT nickname. 4 Tap Send. You must be signed in to your Apple account and have downloaded the item in order to submit reviews. 152 Chapter 22 App Store Updating Apps Whenever you access the App Store, it checks for updates to apps youâve installed. The App Store also automatically checks for updates every week. The App Store icon shows the total number of app updates available. If an update is available and you access the App Store, the Updates screen appears immediately. App updates are downloaded and automatically installed when you choose to update them. App upgrades are new releases that can be purchased or downloaded through the App Store on iPod touch or the iTunes Store on your computer. Update an app: 1 At the bottom of the screen, tap Updates. 2 Tap an app to see more information about the update. 3 Tap Update. Update all apps: At the bottom of the screen, tap Updates, then tap Update All. +H[QWVT[VQWRFCVGCPCRRRWTEJCUGFHTQOCFKĂGTGPV#RRNGCEEQWPV[QW¨TGCUMGFHQT that account ID and password in order to download the update. Syncing Purchased Apps When you connect iPod touch to your computer, iTunes syncs apps you download or purchase on iPod touch to your iTunes library. This lets you access the downloads on your computer and provides a backup if you delete apps from iPod touch. Downloaded apps are backed up the next time you sync with iTunes. Afterwards, only app data is backed up when you sync with iTunes. Apps are synced to the Apps list in your iTunes library. iTunes creates the list if it doesnât exist. Chapter 22 App Store 153 Settings 23 5GVVKPIUCNNQYU[QWVQEWUVQOK\GK2QFVQWEJCRRUUGVVJGFCVGCPFVKOGEQP°IWTG your network connection, and enter other preferences for iPod touch. Airplane Mode Airplane mode disables the wireless features of iPod touch to reduce potential interference with aircraft operation and other electrical equipment. Turn on airplane mode: Tap Settings and turn airplane mode on. When airplane mode is on, appears in the status bar at the top of the screen. No Wi-Fi or Bluetooth signals are emitted from iPod touch, disabling many of iPod touchâs features. You wonât be able to:  Make or receive FaceTime video calls  Send or receive email  Browse the Internet  Sync your contacts, calendars, or bookmarks (MobileMe only) with MobileMe or Microsoft Exchange  Stream YouTube videos  Get stock quotes  Get map locations  Get weather reports  Use the iTunes Store or the App Store  Use Game Center If allowed by the aircraft operator and applicable laws and regulations, you can continue to use iPod touch to:  Listen to music and watch videos  Check your calendar 154  Take or view photos or video (iPod touch 4th generation or later)  Hear alarms  Use the stopwatch or timer  Use the calculator  Take notes  Record voice memos  Read email messages stored on iPod touch If Wi-Fi is available and allowed by the aircraft operator and applicable laws and regulations, you can turn Wi-Fi back on and:  Make or receive FaceTime video calls  Send and receive email  Browse the Internet  Make FaceTime video calls  Sync your contacts, calendars, and bookmarks (MobileMe only) with MobileMe and Microsoft Exchange  Stream YouTube videos  Get stock quotes  Get map locations  Get weather reports  Use the iTunes Store or the App Store  Use Game Center You may also be allowed to turn on Bluetooth and use Bluetooth devices with iPod touch. Wi-Fi Wi-Fi settings determine whether iPod touch uses local Wi-Fi networks to connect to the Internet. 6WTP9K(KQPQTQĂ %JQQUG9K(KCPFVWTP9K(KQPQTQĂ Join a Wi-Fi network: Choose Wi-Fi, wait a moment as iPod touch detects networks in range, then select a network. If necessary, enter a password and tap Join (networks that require a password appear with a lock icon). 1PEG[QWLQKPC9K(KPGVYQTMOCPWCNN[K2QFVQWEJCWVQOCVKECNN[LQKPUKVYJGPGXGT the network is in range. If more than one previously used network is in range, K2QFVQWEJLQKPUVJGQPGNCUVWUGF Chapter 23 Settings 155 9JGPK2QF VQWEJKULQKPGFVQC9K(KPGVYQTMVJG9K(K icon in the status bar at the top of the screen shows signal strength. The more bars you see, the stronger the signal. Set iPod touch to ask if you want to join a new network: Choose Wi-Fi and turn âAsk VQ,QKP0GVYQTMUÂŚQPQTQĂ When youâre trying to access the Internet, by using Safari or Mail for example, and you arenât in range of a Wi-Fi network youâve previously used, this option tells iPod touch to look for another network. iPod touch displays a list of all available Wi-Fi networks that you can choose from. (Networks that require a password appear with a lock KEQP +HÂĽ#UMVQ,QKP0GVYQTMUÂŚKUVWTPGFQĂ[QWOWUVOCPWCNN[LQKPCPGVYQTMVQ connect to the Internet when a previously used network isnât available. Forget a network, so iPod touch doesnât join it: Choose Wi-Fi and tap PGVYQTM[QW¨XGLQKPGFDGHQTG6JGPVCRÂĽ(QTIGVVJKU0GVYQTMÂŚ next to a Join a closed Wi-Fi network: 6QLQKPC9K(KPGVYQTMVJCVKUP¨VUJQYPKPVJGNKUVQH scanned networks, choose Wi-Fi > Other, then enter the network name. If the network requires a password, tap Security, tap the type of security the network uses, and enter the password. You must already know the network name, password, and security type to connect to a closed network. 5QOG9K(KPGVYQTMUOC[TGSWKTG[QWVQGPVGTQTCFLWUVCFFKVKQPCNUGVVKPIUUWEJCUC client ID or static IP address. Ask the network administrator which settings to use. Adjust settings to connect to a Wi-Fi network: Choose Wi-Fi, then tap a network. next to VPN 6JKUUGVVKPICRRGCTUYJGP[QWJCXG820EQP°IWTGFQPK2QF VQWEJCNNQYKPI[QWVQ VWTP820QPQTQĂ5GGÂĽNetworkâ on page 158. 0QVK°ECVKQPU This setting appears when you open an application (such as Game Center) that uses VJG#RRNG2WUJ0QVK°ECVKQPUGTXKEG 2WUJPQVK°ECVKQPUCNGTV[QWVQPGYKPHQTOCVKQPGXGPYJGPVJGCRRKUP¨VTWPPKPI 0QVK°ECVKQPUXCT[D[CRRDWVOC[KPENWFGVGZVQTUQWPFCNGTVUCPFCPWODGTGFDCFIG on the app icon on the Home screen. 156 Chapter 23 Settings ;QWECPVWTPPQVK°ECVKQPUQĂKH[QWFQP¨VYCPVVQDGPQVK°GFQTKH[QWYCPVVQ conserve battery life. 6WTPCNNPQVK°ECVKQPUQPQTQĂ 6CR0QVK°ECVKQPUVJGPVWTPPQVK°ECVKQPUQPQTQĂ 6WTPUQWPFUCNGTVUQTDCFIGUQPQTQĂHQTCPCRR 6CR0QVK°ECVKQPUEJQQUGCPCRR HTQOVJGNKUVVJGPEJQQUGVJGV[RGUQHPQVK°ECVKQP[QWYCPVVQVWTPQPQTQĂ Sounds Adjust the alerts volume: Choose Sounds and drag the slider. Or, if no song or video is playing, use the volume buttons on the side of iPod touch. Set the FaceTime ringtone: Choose Sounds > Ringtone. 5GVVJGVJGCNGTVCPFGĂGEVUUQWPFU %JQQUG5QWPFUCPFVWTPKVGOUQPQTQĂ You can set iPod touch to play a sound whenever you:  Receive an email message  Send an email message  Receive a calendar event alert  Lock iPod touch  Type using the keyboard Brightness 5ETGGPDTKIJVPGUUCĂGEVUDCVVGT[NKHG&KOVJGUETGGPVQGZVGPFVJGVKOGDGHQTG[QW need to recharge iPod touch, or use Auto-Brightness. Adjust the screen brightness: Choose Brightness and drag the slider. Set whether iPod touch adjusts screen brightness automatically: Choose Brightness CPFVWTP#WVQ$TKIJVPGUUQPQTQĂ+H#WVQ$TKIJVPGUUKUQPK2QFVQWEJCFLWUVUVJG screen brightness for current light conditions using the built-in ambient light sensor. Wallpaper Wallpaper settings let you set an image or photo as wallpaper for the Lock screen. On iPod touch 3rd generation or later, you can also set wallpaper for your Home screen. See âAdding Wallpaperâ on page 30. Chapter 23 Settings 157 General General settings include network, sharing, security, and other iOS settings. You can also °PFKPHQTOCVKQPCDQWV[QWTK2QFVQWEJCPFTGUGVXCTKQWUK2QFVQWEJUGVVKPIU About Choose General > About to get information about iPod touch, including:  Number of songs, videos, and photos  Total storage capacity  Space available  Software version  Model and serial numbers  Wi-Fi and Bluetooth addresses  Legal information  Regulatory information Network 7UG0GVYQTMUGVVKPIUVQEQP°IWTGC820 XKTVWCNRTKXCVGPGVYQTM EQPPGEVKQPQT access Wi-Fi settings. #FFCPGY820EQP°IWTCVKQP Choose General > Network > VPN > Add VPN %QP°IWTCVKQP VPNs used within organizations allow you to communicate private information UGEWTGN[QXGTCPQPRTKXCVGPGVYQTM;QWOC[PGGFVQEQP°IWTG820HQTGZCORNGVQ access your work email on iPod touch. iPod touch can connect to VPNs that use the L2TP, PPTP, or Cisco IPSec protocols. Ask your network administrator which settings to use. In most cases, if youâve set up VPN on your computer, you can use the same VPN settings for iPod touch. Once you enter VPN settings, a VPN switch appears in the Settings menu that you can WUGVQVWTP820QPQTQĂ 820OC[CNUQDGCWVQOCVKECNN[UGVWRD[CEQP°IWTCVKQPRTQ°NG5GGÂĽConnecting to the Internetâ on page 19. %JCPIGC820EQP°IWTCVKQP Choose General > Network > VPN and tap the EQP°IWTCVKQP[QWYCPVVQWRFCVG 6WTP820QPQTQĂ %JQQUG820VJGPVCRVQVWTP820QPQTQĂ &GNGVGC820EQP°IWTCVKQP Choose General > Network > VPN, tap the blue CTTQYPGZVVQVJGEQP°IWTCVKQPPCOGVJGPVCR&GNGVG820CVVJGDQVVQOQHVJG EQP°IWTCVKQPUETGGP 158 Chapter 23 Settings Bluetooth iPod touch can connect wirelessly to Bluetooth headphone devices for music listening. See âBluetooth Devicesâ on page 40. ;QWECPCNUQEQPPGEVVJG#RRNG9KTGNGUU-G[DQCTFXKC$NWGVQQVJ5GGÂĽUsing an Apple 9KTGNGUU-G[DQCTFâ on page 37. 6WTP$NWGVQQVJQPQTQĂ %JQQUG)GPGTCN $NWGVQQVJCPFVWTP$NWGVQQVJQPQTQĂ Location Services Location services lets apps such as Maps and third-party location-based apps gather and use data indicating your location. The location data collected by Apple is not EQNNGEVGFKPCHQTOVJCVRGTUQPCNN[KFGPVK°GU[QW;QWTCRRTQZKOCVGNQECVKQPKU determined using available information from local Wi-Fi networks (if you have Wi-Fi turned on). When an app is using location services, appears in the status bar. Every app that uses location services appears in the Location Services settings screen, UJQYKPIYJGVJGTNQECVKQPUGTXKEGUKUVWTPGFQPQTQĂHQTVJCVCRR appears for each app that has requested your location within the last 24 hours. You can turn location UGTXKEGUQĂHQTUQOGQTHQTCNNCRRUKH[QWFQP¨VYCPVVQWUGVJKUHGCVWTG+H[QWVWTP NQECVKQPUGTXKEGUQĂ[QW¨TGRTQORVGFVQVWTPKVQPCICKPVJGPGZVVKOGCPCRRVTKGUVQ use this feature. 6WTPNQECVKQPUGTXKEGUQPQTQĂHQTCNNCRRU Choose General > Location Services and VWTPNQECVKQPUGTXKEGUQPQTQĂ 6WTPNQECVKQPUGTXKEGUQPQTQĂHQTUQOGCRRU 6WTPNQECVKQPUGTXKEGUQPQTQĂHQTVJG individual apps. If you have third-party apps on iPod touch that use location services, review the third partyâs terms and privacy policy to understand how that app uses your location data. 6QEQPUGTXGDCVVGT[NKHGVWTPNQECVKQPUGTXKEGUQĂYJGP[QW¨TGPQVWUKPIKV Home Button Home Button settings (iPod touch 2nd generation only) let you specify what happens when you double-click the Home button. The âSpotlight Searchâ settings, described below, are also available under Home Button on iPod touch 2nd generation. Set the action performed when you double-click the Home button: Choose General > Home Button and set the action. You can set double-clicking the Home button to go to:  Home screen  Search screen  iPod app Chapter 23 Settings 159 Set whether double-clicking the Home button shows iPod controls when playing music: Choose General > Home Button, then tap the switch to turn iPod controls on QTQĂ6JKUHGCVWTGQXGTTKFGUVJGCEVKQPHQTFQWDNGENKEMKPIVJG*QOGDWVVQPCPFYQTMU GXGPKHVJGFKURNC[KUVWTPGFQĂQTK2QFVQWEJKUNQEMGF Spotlight Search The Spotlight Search setting lets you specify the content areas searched by Search, and rearrange the order of the results. Set which content areas are searched by Search: 1 Choose General > Spotlight Search (on iPod touch 2nd generation, choose General > Home > Spotlight Search). 2 Tap an item to select or deselect it. All search categories are selected by default. Set the order of search result categories: 1 Choose General > Spotlight Search (on iPod touch 2nd generation, choose General > Home > Spotlight Search). 2 Touch next to an item, then drag up or down. Auto-Lock .QEMKPIK2QFVQWEJVWTPUQĂVJGFKURNC[VQUCXG[QWTDCVVGT[CPFVQRTGXGPV unintended operation of iPod touch. Set the amount of time before iPod touch locks: Choose General > Auto-Lock, then choose a time. Passcode Lock By default, iPod touch doesnât require you to enter a passcode to unlock it. On iPod touch 3rd generation or later, setting a passcode enables data protection. See âSecurity Featuresâ on page 42. Important: On iPod touch 3rd generation, you must also restore iOS software to enable data protection. See âRestoring iPod touchâ on page 207. Set a passcode: Choose General > Passcode Lock and enter a 4-digit passcode, then enter the passcode again to verify it. iPod touch then requires you to enter the passcode to unlock it or to display the passcode lock settings. 6WTPRCUUEQFGNQEMQĂ Choose General > Passcode Lock, enter your passcode, and VCR6WTP2CUUEQFG1ĂVJGPGPVGT[QWTRCUUEQFGCICKP Change the passcode: Choose General > Passcode Lock, enter your passcode, and tap Change Passcode. Enter your passcode again, then enter and reenter your new passcode. 160 Chapter 23 Settings If you forget your passcode, you must restore the iPod touch software. See âUpdating and Restoring iPod touch Softwareâ on page 207. Set how long before your passcode is required: Choose General > Passcode Lock and enter your passcode. Tap Require Passcode, then select how long iPod touch can be locked before you need to enter a passcode to unlock it. 6WTP5KORNG2CUUEQFGQPQTQĂ Choose General > Passcode Lock, then turn Simple 2CUUEQFGQPQTQĂ #UKORNGRCUUEQFGKUCHQWTFKIKVPWODGT6QKPETGCUGUGEWTKV[VWTPQĂ5KORNG2CUUEQFG and use a longer passcode with a combination of numbers, letters, punctuation, and special characters. Erase data after ten failed passcode attempts: Choose General > Passcode Lock, enter your passcode, and tap Erase Data to turn it on. After ten failed passcode attempts, your settings are reset to their defaults and all your information and media are erased:  On iPod touch 3rd generation or later: by removing the encryption key to the data (which is encrypted using 256-bit AES encryption)  On iPod touch 2nd generation: by overwriting the data Important: You canât use iPod touch while data is being overwritten. This can take up to four hours or more, depending on the model and storage capacity of your iPod touch. (On iPod touch 3rd generation or later, the encryption key is removed immediately.) Restrictions You can set restrictions for the use of some apps and for iPod content on iPod touch. (QTGZCORNGRCTGPVUECPTGUVTKEVGZRNKEKVOWUKEHTQODGKPIUGGPQPRNC[NKUVUQTVWTPQĂ YouTube access entirely. Turn on restrictions: 1 Choose General > Restrictions, then tap Enable Restrictions. 2 Enter a four-digit passcode. 3 Reenter the passcode. 6WTPQĂTGUVTKEVKQPU Choose General > Restrictions, then enter the passcode. Tap Disable Restrictions, then reenter the passcode. Important: If you forget your passcode, you must restore the iPod touch software from iTunes. See âUpdating and Restoring iPod touch Softwareâ on page 207. Set app restrictions: Set the restrictions you want by tapping individual controls on or QĂ$[FGHCWNVCNNEQPVTQNUCTGQP PQVTGUVTKEVGF 6CRCPKVGOVQVWTPKVQĂCPFTGUVTKEV its use. Chapter 23 Settings 161 Safari is disabled and its icon is removed from the Home screen. You cannot use Safari to browse the web or access web clips. Other third-party apps may allow web browsing even if Safari is disabled. YouTube is disabled and its icon is removed from the Home screen. The iTunes Store is disabled and its icon is removed from the Home screen. You cannot preview, purchase, or download content. The App Store is disabled and its icon is removed from the Home screen. You cannot install apps on iPod touch. Camera is disabled and its icon is removed from the Home screen. You cannot take photos. You cannot make or receive FaceTime video calls (iPod touch 4th generation only). The current Location Services settings are locked and cannot be changed. Restrict purchases within apps: 6WTPQĂ+P#RR2WTEJCUGU9JGPGPCDNGFVJKUHGCVWTG allows you to purchase additional content or functionality within apps downloaded from the App Store. Set content restrictions: Tap Ratings For, then select a country from the list. You can then set restrictions using that countryâs ratings system for the following categories of content:  Music & Podcasts  Movies  TV Shows  Apps In the United States for example, to allow only movies rated PG or below, tap Movies, then select PG from the list. Content that you restrict wonât appear on iPod touch. Note: Not all countries or regions have rating systems. Restrict multiplayer games: 6WTPQĂ/WNVK2NC[GT)COGU 9JGP/WNVK2NC[GT)COGUKUVWTPGFQĂ[QWECP¨VTGSWGUVCOCVEJQTUGPFQTTGEGKXG invitations to play games or add friends in Game Center. Friends that have already been added to Game Center still appear, and you can see information about them, but you canât add friends or play games with friends. 162 Chapter 23 Settings Date and Time These settings apply to the time shown in the status bar at the top of the screen, and in world clocks and calendars. Set whether iPod touch shows 24-hour time or 12-hour time: Choose General > &CVG6KOGVJGPVWTP*QWT6KOGQPQTQĂ *QWT6KOGOC[PQVDGCXCKNCDNGKP all countries or regions.) Set the date and time: Choose General > Date & Time. Tap Time Zone and enter the PCOGQHCOCLQTEKV[KP[QWTVKOG\QPG6CRVJGÂĽ&CVG6KOGÂŚTGVWTPDWVVQPVJGPVCR âSet Date & Timeâ and enter the date and time. Keyboard 6WTP#WVQ%CRKVCNK\CVKQPQPQTQĂ %JQQUG)GPGTCN -G[DQCTFCPFVWTP#WVQ %CRKVCNK\CVKQPQPQTQĂ By default, iPod touch capitalizes words after you type sentence-ending punctuation or a return character. 6WTP#WVQ%QTTGEVKQPQPQTQĂ %JQQUG)GPGTCN -G[DQCTFCPFVWTP#WVQ%QTTGEVKQP QPQTQĂ Normally, if the default keyboard for the language you select has a dictionary, iPod touch suggests corrections or completed words as you type. Set whether caps lock is enabled: %JQQUG)GPGTCN -G[DQCTFCPFVWTP'PCDNG%CRU .QEMQPQTQĂ If caps lock is enabled and you double-tap the Shift key on the keyboard, all letters you type are uppercase. The Shift key turns blue when caps lock is on. 6WTPVJGÂĽÂŚUJQTVEWVQPQTQĂ %JQQUG)GPGTCN -G[DQCTFCPFVWTPÂĽÂŚ5JQTVEWVQP QTQĂ The â.â shortcut lets you double-tap the space bar to enter a period followed by a space when youâre typing. Itâs on by default. Add international keyboards: 1 %JQQUG)GPGTCN -G[DQCTF +PVGTPCVKQPCN-G[DQCTFU The number of active keyboards appears before the right arrow. 2 6CRÂĽ#FF0GY-G[DQCTFÂÂŚVJGPEJQQUGCMG[DQCTF You can add as many keyboards as you want. To learn about using international keyboards, see â+PVGTPCVKQPCN-G[DQCTFUâ on page 34. Edit your keyboard list: %JQQUG)GPGTCN -G[DQCTF +PVGTPCVKQPCN-G[DQCTFUVJGP tap Edit and do one of the following:  To delete a keyboard, tap  To reorder the list, drag Chapter 23 Settings , then tap Delete. next to a keyboard to a new place in the list. 163 Change a keyboardâs layout: +P5GVVKPIUEJQQUG)GPGTCN -G[DQCTF +PVGTPCVKQPCN -G[DQCTFUCPFUGNGEVCMG[DQCTF;QWECPOCMGUGRCTCVGUGNGEVKQPUHQTDQVJVJGQP screen software and external hardware keyboards for each language. The software keyboard layout determines the layout of the keyboard that appears on the iPod touch screen. The hardware keyboard layout determines the layout of an #RRNG9KTGNGUU-G[DQCTFEQPPGEVGFVQK2QFVQWEJ International Use International settings to set the language for iPod touch, turn keyboards for FKĂGTGPVNCPIWCIGUQPQTQĂCPFUGVVJGFCVGVKOGCPFVGNGRJQPGPWODGTHQTOCVUHQT your country or region. Set the language for iPod touch: Choose General > International > Language, choose the language you want to use, then tap Done. Set the Voice Control language for iPod touch: Choose General > International > Voice Control, then choose the language you want to use (iPod touch 3rd generation or later). Add international keyboards: 1 %JQQUG)GPGTCN +PVGTPCVKQPCN -G[DQCTFU The number of active keyboards appears next to the right arrow. 2 6CRÂĽ#FF0GY-G[DQCTFÂÂŚVJGPEJQQUGCMG[DQCTF You can add as many keyboards as you want. To learn about using international keyboards, see â+PVGTPCVKQPCN-G[DQCTFUâ on page 34. Edit your keyboard list: %JQQUG)GPGTCN +PVGTPCVKQPCN -G[DQCTFUVJGPVCR'FKV and do one of the following:  To delete a keyboard, tap  To reorder the list, drag , then tap Delete. next to a keyboard to a new place in the list. Change a keyboard layout: +P5GVVKPIUEJQQUG)GPGTCN +PVGTPCVKQPCN -G[DQCTFU and select a keyboard. You can make separate selections for both the on-screen software and external hardware keyboards for each language. The software keyboard layout determines the layout of the keyboard that appears on the iPod touch screen. The hardware keyboard layout determines the virtual layout of CP#RRNG9KTGNGUU-G[DQCTFEQPPGEVGFVQK2QFVQWEJ Set the date, time, and telephone number formats: Choose General > International > Region Format, and choose your region. The Region Format also determines the language used for the days and months that appear in native iPod touch apps. Set the calendar format: Choose General > International > Calendar, and choose the format. 164 Chapter 23 Settings Accessibility To turn on accessibility features (iPod touch 3rd generation or later), choose Accessibility and choose the features you want. See Chapter 27, âAccessibility,â on page 189. 2TQ°NGU 6JKUUGVVKPICRRGCTUKH[QWKPUVCNNQPGQTOQTGRTQ°NGUQPK2QFVQWEJ6CR2TQ°NGUVQ UGGKPHQTOCVKQPCDQWVVJGRTQ°NGU[QW¨XGKPUVCNNGF Resetting iPod touch Reset all settings: Choose General > Reset and tap Reset All Settings. All your preferences and settings are reset. Information (such as contacts and ECNGPFCTU CPFOGFKC UWEJCUUQPIUCPFXKFGQU CTGP¨VCĂGEVGF Erase all content and settings: Connect iPod touch to your computer or a power adapter. Choose General > Reset and tap âErase All Content and Settings.â This resets all settings to their defaults and erases all your information and media:  On iPod touch 3rd generation or later: by removing the encryption key to the data (which is encrypted using 256-bit AES encryption)  On iPod touch 2nd generation: by overwriting the data Important: You canât use iPod touch while data is being overwritten. This can take up to four hours or more, depending on the model and storage capacity of your iPod touch. (On iPod touch 3rd generation or later, the encryption key is removed immediately.) Reset network settings: Choose General > Reset and tap Reset Network Settings. When you reset network settings, your list of previously used networks and VPN UGVVKPIUPQVKPUVCNNGFD[CEQP°IWTCVKQPRTQ°NGCTGTGOQXGF9K(KKUVWTPGFQĂCPF then back on, disconnecting you from any network youâre on. The Wi-Fi and âAsk to Join Networksâ settings are left turned on. 6QTGOQXG820UGVVKPIUKPUVCNNGFD[CEQP°IWTCVKQPRTQ°NGEJQQUG5GVVKPIU )GPGTCN 2TQ°NGVJGPUGNGEVVJGRTQ°NGCPFVCR4GOQXG Reset the keyboard dictionary: %JQQUG)GPGTCN 4GUGVCPFVCR4GUGV-G[DQCTF Dictionary. ;QWCFFYQTFUVQVJGMG[DQCTFFKEVKQPCT[D[TGLGEVKPIYQTFUK2QFVQWEJUWIIGUVU CU[QWV[RG6CRCYQTFVQTGLGEVVJGEQTTGEVKQPCPFCFFVJGYQTFVQVJGMG[DQCTF dictionary. Resetting the keyboard dictionary erases all words youâve added. Reset the Home screen layout: Choose General > Reset and tap Reset Home Screen Layout. Reset location warnings: Choose General > Reset and tap Reset Location Warnings. Chapter 23 Settings 165 Location warnings are requests made by apps (such as Maps) to use location services. K2QFVQWEJRTGUGPVUCNQECVKQPYCTPKPIHQTCPCRRVJG°TUVVKOGVJGCRROCMGUC request to use location services. If you tap Cancel in response to the request, the request isnât presented again. To reset the location warnings so that you get a request for each app again, tap Reset Location Warnings. Music Music settings apply to songs, podcasts, and audiobooks. 6WTP5JCMGVQ5JWĂGQPQTQĂ %JQQUG/WUKEVJGPVWTP5JCMGVQ5JWĂGQPQTQĂ 9JGP5JCMGVQ5JWĂGKUQP[QWECPUJCMGK2QFVQWEJVQUJWĂGCPFKOOGFKCVGN[ change the currently playing song. Set iTunes to play songs at the same sound level: In iTunes, choose iTunes > Preferences if youâre using a Mac, or Edit > Preferences if youâre using a PC. Then click Playback and select Sound Check. Set iPod touch to use the iTunes volume settings (Sound Check): Choose Music and turn Sound Check on. Use the equalizer to customize the sound on iPod touch: Choose Music > EQ and choose a setting. Set a volume limit for music and videos: Choose Music > Volume Limit and drag the UNKFGTVQCFLWUVVJGOCZKOWOXQNWOG Tap Lock Volume Limit to assign a code to prevent the setting from being changed. WARNING: For important information about avoiding hearing loss, see the Important Product Information Guide at www.apple.com/support/manuals/ipodtouch. Show song lyrics and podcast information: Choose Music and turn Lyrics & Podcast Info on. Video Video settings apply to video content, including rented movies and TV shows. You can set where to resume playing videos that you previously started, turn closed captioning QPQTQĂCPFUGVWRK2QFVQWEJVQRNC[XKFGQUQP[QWT68 Set where to resume playing: Choose Video > Start Playing, then select whether you want videos that you previously started watching to resume playing from the DGIKPPKPIQTYJGTG[QWNGHVQĂ 6WTPENQUGFECRVKQPKPIQPQTQĂ %JQQUG8KFGQCPFVWTP%NQUGF%CRVKQPKPIQPQTQĂ Note: Not all video content is encoded for closed captioning. 166 Chapter 23 Settings TV Out Use these settings to control how iPod touch plays videos on your TV. 6WTPYKFGUETGGPQPQTQĂ %JQQUG8KFGQCPFVWTP9KFGUETGGPQPQTQĂ Set TV signal to NTSC or PAL: Choose Video > TV Signal and select NTSC or PAL. NTSC and PAL are TV broadcast standards. iPod touch displays NTSC 480p/PAL 576p when attached to a TV using a component cable, or NTSC 480i/PAL 576i using a composite cable. Your TV might use NTSC or PAL, depending on where you bought it. If youâre not sure which to use, check the documentation that came with your TV. For more information about using iPod touch to play videos on your TV, see âWatching Videos on a TVâ on page 64. Photos Use the Slideshow settings to specify how slideshows display your photos. Set the length of time each slide is shown: Choose Photos > Play Each Slide For and select the length of time. 5GVCVTCPUKVKQPGĂGEV %JQQUG2JQVQU 6TCPUKVKQPCPFUGNGEVCVTCPUKVKQPGĂGEV Set whether to repeat slideshows: %JQQUG2JQVQUCPFVWTP4GRGCVQPQTQĂ Set photos to appear randomly or in order: %JQQUG2JQVQUCPFVWTP5JWĂGQPQTQĂ FaceTime 7UG(CEG6KOGUGVVKPIUVQVWTP(CEG6KOGQPQTQĂUKIPKPQTQWVQH(CEG6KOGQTXKGYQT change account information. 6WTP(CEG6KOGQPQTQĂ Choose FaceTime, sign in if you havenât already, then tap ON or OFF. Sign in to FaceTime: Choose FaceTime, enter your name and password, and tap Sign In. Create a new Apple account to use with FaceTime: Choose FaceTime and tap Create New Account and follow the onscreen instructions. If you donât see the Create New Account button, youâre probably signed in already. Sign out and try again. View account information: Choose FaceTime, tap Account, then tap View Account. Add another email address: Choose FaceTime and tap Add Another Email, then enter VJGGOCKNCFFTGUU#XGTK°ECVKQPGOCKNKUUGPVVQVJGCFFTGUU(QNNQYVJGKPUVTWEVKQPUKP VJGXGTK°ECVKQPGOCKNVQEQORNGVGVJGRTQEGUU Remove an address: Choose FaceTime, tap the address, then tap Remove This Email. If you donât see any addresses, sign in to FaceTime and try again. Sign out of FaceTime: Choose FaceTime, tap Account, then tap Sign Out. Chapter 23 Settings 167 Store Use Store settings to change or create an Apple account. By default, the Apple account youâre signed in to when you sync iPod touch with your computer appears in Store settings. You can change accounts on iPod touch to purchase music or apps from another account. If you donât have an Apple account, you can create one in Store settings. Go to www.apple.com/legal/itunes/ww/ for iTunes Store terms and conditions. Sign in to an account: Choose Store and tap Sign in, then enter your user name and password. View your Apple account information: Choose Store and tap View Account, then type your password and follow the onscreen instructions. 5KIPKPVQCFKĂGTGPVCEEQWPV Choose Store and tap Sign out, then tap Sign in and enter your username and password. Create a new account: Choose Store and tap Create New Account, then follow the onscreen instructions. Mail, Contacts, Calendars 7UG/CKN%QPVCEVU%CNGPFCTUUGVVKPIUVQUGVWRCEEQWPVUCPFVWTPQPURGEK°ECEEQWPV services (such as mail, contacts, calendars, bookmarks, and notes) for iPod touch:  Microsoft Exchange (mail, contacts, and calendars)  MobileMe (mail, contacts, calendars, bookmarks, notes, and Find My iPod touch)  Google (mail, calendars, and notes)  Yahoo! (mail, calendars, and notes)  AOL (mail and notes)  Other POP and IMAP mail systems  LDAP or CardDAV accounts for Contacts  CalDAV or iCalendar (.ics) accounts for Calendars Accounts 6JG#EEQWPVUUGEVKQPNGVU[QWUGVWRCEEQWPVUQPK2QFVQWEJ6JGURGEK°EUGVVKPIU that appear depend on the type of account youâre setting up. Your service provider or system administrator should be able to provide the information you need to enter. For more information, see:  âAdding Mail, Contacts, and Calendar Accountsâ on page 19  âAdding Contactsâ on page 174  âSubscribing to Calendarsâ on page 110 Change an accountâs settings: Choose âMail, Contacts, Calendars,â choose an account, then make the changes you want. 168 Chapter 23 Settings Changes you make to an accountâs settings on iPod touch are not synced to your EQORWVGTUQ[QWECPEQP°IWTG[QWTCEEQWPVUVQYQTMYKVJK2QFVQWEJYKVJQWV CĂGEVKPIVJGCEEQWPVUGVVKPIUQP[QWTEQORWVGT Stop using an account service: Choose âMail, Contacts, Calendars,â choose an account, VJGPVWTPCPCEEQWPVUGTXKEG UWEJCU/CKN%CNGPFCTUQT0QVGU QĂ +HCPCEEQWPVUGTXKEGKUQĂK2QFVQWEJFQGUP¨VFKURNC[QTU[PEKPHQTOCVKQPYKVJVJCV account service until you turn it back on. Adjust advanced settings: Choose âMail, Contacts, Calendars,â choose an account, then do one of the following:  To set whether drafts, sent messages, and deleted messages are stored on iPod touch or remotely on your email server (IMAP accounts only), tap Advanced and choose Drafts Mailbox, Sent Mailbox, or Deleted Mailbox. If you store messages on iPod touch, you can see them even when iPod touch isnât connected to the Internet.  To set how long before messages are removed permanently from Mail on iPod touch, tap Advanced and tap Remove, then choose a time: Never, or after one day, one week, or one month.  To adjust email server settings, tap Host Name, User Name, or Password under Incoming Mail Server or Outgoing Mail Server. Ask your network administrator or Internet service provider for the correct settings.  To adjust SSL and password settings, tap Advanced. Ask your network administrator or Internet service provider for the correct settings. Delete an account from iPod touch: Choose âMail, Contacts, Calendars,â choose an account, then scroll down and tap Delete Account. Deleting an account means you can no longer access the account with your iPod touch. All email and the contacts, calendar, and bookmark information synced with the account are removed from iPod touch. However, deleting an account doesnât remove the account or its associated information from your computer. Fetch New Data 6JKUUGVVKPINGVU[QWVWTP2WUJQPQTQĂHQT/QDKNG/G/KETQUQHV'ZEJCPIG;CJQQCPF any other push accounts on iPod touch. Push accounts deliver new information to iPod touch whenever new information appears on the server (some delays may occur). 6QHGVEJQTU[PERWUJGFFCVCK2QFVQWEJOWUVLQKPC9K(KPGVYQTMVJCV¨UEQPPGEVGFVQ VJG+PVGTPGV;QWOKIJVYCPVVQVWTP2WUJQĂVQUWURGPFFGNKXGT[QHGOCKNCPFQVJGT information, or to conserve battery life. 9JGP2WUJKUQĂCPFYKVJCEEQWPVUVJCVFQP¨VUWRRQTVRWUJFCVCECPUVKNNDG fetchedâthat is, iPod touch can check with the server and see if new information is available. Use the Fetch New Data setting to determine how often data is requested. For optimal battery life, donât fetch too often. Chapter 23 Settings 169 Turn Push on: Choose âMail, Contacts, Calendarsâ > Fetch New Data, then tap to turn Push on. Set the interval to fetch data: Choose âMail, Contacts, Calendarsâ > Fetch New Data, then choose how often you want to fetch data for all accounts. To conserve battery life, fetch less frequently. Setting Push to OFF (or setting Fetch to Manually on the Fetch New Data screen) overrides individual account settings. Mail Mail settings, except where noted, apply to all accounts youâve set up on iPod touch. 6QVWTPCNGTVUUQWPFUHQTPGYQTUGPVOCKNQPQTQĂWUGVJG)GPGTCN 5QWPFUUGVVKPIU Set the number of messages shown on iPod touch: Choose âMail, Contacts, Calendarsâ > Show, then choose a setting. Choose to see the most recent 25, 50, 75, 100, or 200 messages. To download additional messages when youâre in Mail, scroll to the bottom of your inbox and tap Load More Messages. Note: For Microsoft Exchange accounts, choose âMail, Contacts, Calendarsâ and choose the Exchange account. Tap âMail days to syncâ and choose the number of days of mail you want to sync with the server. Set how many lines of each message are shown in the message list: Choose âMail, Contacts, Calendarsâ > Preview, then choose a setting. ;QWECPEJQQUGVQUGGWRVQ°XGNKPGUQHGCEJOGUUCIG6JCVYC[[QWECPUECPCNKUVQH messages in a mailbox and get an idea of what each message is about. Set a minimum font size for messages: Choose âMail, Contacts, Calendarsâ > Minimum Font Size, then choose Small, Medium, Large, Extra Large, or Giant. Set whether iPod touch shows To and Cc labels in message lists: Choose âMail, %QPVCEVU%CNGPFCTUÂŚVJGPVWTP5JQY6Q%E.CDGNQPQTQĂ If Show To/Cc Label is on, oT or Cc next to each message in a list indicates whether the message was sent directly to you or you received a copy. 5GVYJGVJGTK2QFVQWEJEQP°TOUVJCV[QWYCPVVQFGNGVGCOGUUCIG Choose âMail, %QPVCEVU%CNGPFCTUÂŚCPFKPVJG/CKNUGVVKPIUVWTP#UM$GHQTG&GNGVKPIQPQTQĂ Set whether iPod touch automatically loads remote images: Choose âMail, Contacts, %CNGPFCTUÂŚCPFVWTP.QCF4GOQVG+OCIGUQPQTQĂ Set whether mail messages are organized by thread: Choose âMail, Contacts, %CNGPFCTUÂŚCPFVWTP1TICPK\G$[6JTGCFQPQTQĂ Set whether iPod touch sends you a copy of every message you send: Choose âMail, %QPVCEVU%CNGPFCTUÂŚVJGPVWTP#NYC[U$EE/[UGNHQPQTQĂ 170 Chapter 23 Settings Add a signature to your messages: Choose âMail, Contacts, Calendarsâ > Signature, then type a signature. You can set iPod touch to add a signatureâyour favorite quote, or your name, title, and phone number, for exampleâto the bottom of every message you send. Set the default email account: Choose âMail, Contacts, Calendarsâ > Default Account, then choose an account. This setting determines which of your accounts an email message is sent from when you create a message from another iPod touch appâfor example, when you send a photo from Photos or tap the email address of a business in Maps. To send the OGUUCIGHTQOCFKĂGTGPVCEEQWPVVCRVJG(TQO°GNFKPVJGOGUUCIGCPFEJQQUG another account. Contacts Set how contacts are sorted: Choose âMail Contacts, Calendars,â then under Contacts tap Sort Order and do one of the following:  6QUQTVD[°TUVPCOG°TUVtap First, Last.  6QUQTVD[NCUVPCOG°TUVtap Last, First. Set how contacts are displayed: Choose âMail Contacts, Calendars,â then under Contacts tap Display Order and do one of the following:  6QUJQY°TUVPCOG°TUVtap First, Last.  6QUJQYNCUVPCOG°TUVtap Last, First. Calendars Set alerts to sound when your receive meeting invitation: Choose âMail, Contacts, Calendars,â and under Calendar, tap âNew Invitation Alertsâ to turn it on. Set how far back in the past to show your calendar events on iPod touch: Choose âMail, Contacts, Calendarsâ > Sync, then choose a period of time. Turn on Calendar time zone support: Choose âMail, Contacts, Calendarsâ > Time Zone Support, then turn Time Zone Support on. Select a time zone for calendars by tapping 6KOG Search Engine and select the search engine you want to use. ;QWECPUGV5CHCTKVQCWVQOCVKECNN[°NNQWVYGDHQTOUWUKPIEQPVCEVKPHQTOCVKQPPCOGU and passwords you previously entered, or both. Enable AutoFill: Choose Safari > AutoFill, then do one of the following:  To use information from contacts, turn Use Contact Info on, then choose My Info and select the contact you want to use. 5CHCTKWUGUKPHQTOCVKQPHTQO%QPVCEVUVQ°NNKPEQPVCEV°GNFUQPYGDHQTOU  To use information from names and passwords, turn Names & Passwords on. When this feature is on, Safari remembers names and passwords of websites you XKUKVCPFCWVQOCVKECNN[°NNUKPVJGKPHQTOCVKQPYJGP[QWTGXKUKVVJGYGDUKVG  To remove all AutoFill information, tap Clear All. Security By default, Safari is set to show features of the web, such as some movies, animation, and web apps. You may wish to change security settings to help protect iPod touch from possible security risks on the Internet. Change security settings: Choose Safari, then do one of the following:  To be warned when visiting potentially fraudulent websites, VWTP(TCWF9CTPKPIQPQTQĂ Fraud warning protects you from potentially fraudulent Internet sites. When you visit a suspicious site, Safari warns you about its suspect nature and doesnât load the page.  To enable or disable JavaScript, VWTP,CXC5ETKRVQPQTQĂ JavaScript lets web programmers control elements of the pageâfor example, a page that uses JavaScript might display the current date and time or cause a linked page to appear in a new pop-up page.  To block or allow pop-ups, VWTP$NQEM2QRWRUQPQTQĂ$NQEMKPIRQRWRUUVQRUQPN[ pop-ups that appear when you close a page or open a page by typing its address. It doesnât block pop-ups that open when you tap a link. 172 Chapter 23 Settings  To set whether Safari accepts cookies, tap Accept Cookies and choose Never, âFrom visited,â or Always. A cookie is a piece of information that a website puts on iPod touch so the website can remember you when you visit again. That way, webpages can be customized for you based on information you may have provided. Some pages wonât work correctly unless iPod touch is set to accept cookies.  To clear a database, tap Databases, then tap Edit. Tap next to a database, then tap Delete. Some web apps use databases to store app information on iPod touch.  To clear the history of webpages youâve visited, tap Clear History.  To clear all cookies from Safari, tap Clear Cookies.  To clear the browser cache, tap Clear Cache. The browser cache stores the content of pages so the pages open faster the next time you visit them. If a page you open doesnât show new content, clearing the cache may help. Developer The debug console can help you resolve webpage errors. If itâs turned on, the console appears when a webpage error occurs. 6WTPVJGFGDWIEQPUQNGQPQTQĂ Choose Safari > Developer, and turn Debug %QPUQNGQPQTQĂ Nike + iPod 7UG0KMG K2QFUGVVKPIUVQCEVKXCVGCPFCFLWUVUGVVKPIUHQTVJG0KMG K2QFCRR5GG Chapter 25, âNike + iPod,â on page 179. Chapter 23 Settings 173 Contacts 24 About Contacts Contacts makes it easy to keep track of your friends and associates. You can add contacts directly on iPod touch, or sync contacts from applications on your computer. If you have a MobileMe or Microsoft Exchange account with Contacts enabled, or a supported CardDAV account, you can sync your contacts over the air without connecting iPod touch to your computer. Adding Contacts You can add contacts to iPod touch in the following ways:  In iTunes, sync contacts from Google or Yahoo!, or sync with applications on your computer (see âiPod touch Settings Panes in iTunesâ on page 47)  Set up MobileMe or Microsoft Exchange accounts on iPod touch, with Contacts enabled (see âSetting Up MobileMe Accountsâ on page 20 or âSetting Up Microsoft Exchange Accountsâ on page 20)  +PUVCNNCRTQ°NGVJCVUGVUWRCP'ZEJCPIGCEEQWPVYKVJ%QPVCEVUGPCDNGF UGG www.apple.com/iphone/business)  Set up an LDAP or CardDAV account on iPod touch  Enter contacts directly on iPod touch The number of contacts you can add is limited only by the amount of memory on iPod touch. 174 Set up an LDAP or CardDAV account: 1 In Settings, tap âMail Contacts, Calendars,â then tap Add Account. 2 Tap Other, then tap Add LDAP Account or Add CardDAV Account. 3 Enter your account information and tap Next to verify the account. 4 Tap Save. When you set up an LDAP account, you can view and search for contacts on your company or organizationâs LDAP server. The server appears as a new group in Contacts. Since LDAP contacts arenât downloaded to iPod touch, you must have an Internet EQPPGEVKQPVQXKGYVJGO%JGEMYKVJ[QWTU[UVGOCFOKPKUVTCVQTHQTURGEK°ECEEQWPV settings and other requirements (such as VPN). When you set up a CardDAV account, your account contacts are synced with iPod touch over the air. If itâs supported, you can also search for contacts on your company or organizationâs CardDAV server. Searching Contacts ;QWECPUGCTEJ°TUVNCUVCPFEQORCP[PCOGUKP[QWTEQPVCEVUQPK2QFVQWEJ+H[QW have a Microsoft Exchange account set up on iPod touch, you may also be able to search your enterprise Global Address List (GAL) for contacts in your organization. If you have an LDAP account set up on iPod touch, you can search contacts on your organizationâs LDAP server. If you have a CardDAV account, you can search contacts synced to iPod touch, or searchable contacts on a supported CardDAV server. ;QWECPUGCTEJVJG°TUVNCUVCPFEQORCP[PCOG°GNFU#U[QWV[RGKPVJGUGCTEJ°GNF contacts with matching information appear immediately. Search contacts: +P%QPVCEVUVCRVJGUGCTEJ°GNFCVVJGVQRQHCP[NKUVQHEQPVCEVUCPF enter your search. (To scroll quickly to the top of the list, tap the status bar.) Search a GAL: Tap Groups, tap Directories at the bottom of the list, then enter your search. You canât edit GAL contacts or save them to iPod touch. Search an LDAP server: Tap Groups, tap the LDAP server name, then enter your search. You canât edit LDAP contacts or save them to iPod touch. Search a CardDAV server: Tap Groups, tap the searchable CardDAV group at the bottom of the list, then enter your search. You canât edit searchable CardDAV contacts from the server, but you can edit synced CardDAV contacts on iPod touch. Contacts are included in searches from the Home screen. See âSearchingâ on page 38. Chapter 24 Contacts 175 Managing Contacts on iPod touch Add a contact on iPod touch: Tap Contacts and tap . Delete a contact In Contacts, choose a contact, than tap Edit. Scroll down and tap Delete Contact. Enter a pause in a number , then tap Pause. Pauses appear as Tap commas when the number is saved. Edit contact information: Choose a contact, then tap Edit.  Add information:(KNNKPCDNCPM°GNF  Add an address: Tap Add New Address.  #FFC°GNFVJCV¨UPQVUJQYKPI Tap Add Field.  Change the ringtone for the contact:6CRVJGTKPIVQPG°GNFVJGPEJQQUGCTKPIVQPG 6QWUGVJGFGHCWNVTKPIVQPGURGEK°GFKPVJG5QWPFUUGVVKPIUEJQQUG&GHCWNV  Delete an item: Tap , then tap Delete. ;QWECPEJCPIG°GNFNCDGNUD[VCRRKPIVJGNCDGNCPFEJQQUKPICFKĂGTGPVQPG6Q create a custom label, scroll to the bottom of the list and tap Add Custom Label. If you sync contacts from your computer and also over the air, you can link contacts to ETGCVGCUKPINGWPK°GFEQPVCEV Link a contact: In edit mode, tap Link Contact, then choose a contact., See â7PK°GF%QPVCEVUâ on page 177. Assign a photo to a contact: 1 Tap Contacts, then choose a contact. 2 Tap Edit and tap Add Photo, or tap the existing photo. 3 Tap Choose Photo and choose a photo. 4 Drag and scale the photo as desired. 5 Tap Use Photo (new photo) or Choose (existing photo). Using Contact Information You can use the information on a contactâs Info screen to:  Create an email message in Mail, addressed to the contact  Open the contactâs home page in Safari  Find the location of the contactâs address in Maps, and get directions  Share the contact information with others  Add a phone number for the contact to your favorites list 176 Chapter 24 Contacts Use a contactâs info screen: Tap Contacts and choose a contact. Then tap an item. :LUKHULTHPS =PZP[[OL^LIZP[L :LLHTHWHUK NL[KPYLJ[PVUZ *HSSPU -HJL;PTL appears on the FaceTime button if youâve previously had a FaceTime call with the contact. 7PK°GF%QPVCEVU When you sync contacts with multiple accounts, you might have entries for the same person in more than one account. To help keep redundant contacts from appearing KPVJG#NN%QPVCEVUNKUVQPK2QFVQWEJEQPVCEVUVJCVJCXGVJGUCOG°TUVCPFNCUVPCOGU CPFPQVFKĂGTGPVRTG°ZGUUWĂZGUQTOKFFNGPCOGU CTGNKPMGFCPFFKURNC[GFCUCUKPING ÂĽWPK°GFEQPVCEVÂŚKP[QWTNKUV9JGP[QWXKGYCWPK°GFEQPVCEVVJGVKVNG7PK°GF+PHQ CRRGCTUCVVJGVQRQHVJGUETGGP7PK°GFEQPVCEVUQPN[CRRGCTKPVJG#NN%QPVCEVUNKUV Chapter 24 Contacts 177 6JGUQWTEGCEEQWPVUQHCWPK°GFEQPVCEVCRRGCTCVVJGDQVVQOQHVJGUETGGPWPFGT Linked Cards. View contact information for a source account: Tap one of the source accounts. Unlink a contact: Tap Edit, tap Link a contact: Tap Edit, then tap , then tap Unlink. and choose a contact. +H[QWNKPMCPGYEQPVCEVVQCWPK°GFEQPVCEVYKVJCFKĂGTGPV°TUVQTNCUVPCOGVJGPGY PCOGKUCFFGFVQVJGPCOG°GNFCHVGTCEQOOC(QTGZCORNGKH[QWNKPMCPCFFKVKQPCN EQPVCEVPCOGF'NK\CDGVJVQCWPK°GFEQPVCEVHQT$GVV[VJG°TUVPCOG°GNFUJQYU âBetty, Elizabeth.â .KPMGFEQPVCEVUCTGPQVOGTIGF7PNGUU[QWGFKVCWPK°GFEQPVCEVVJGUGRCTCVG contacts in the source accounts remain separate and unchanged. If you change KPHQTOCVKQPKPCWPK°GFEQPVCEVVJGEJCPIGUCTGEQRKGFVQGCEJUQWTEGCEEQWPVKP YJKEJVJCVKPHQTOCVKQPCNTGCF[GZKUVU+H[QWCFFKPHQTOCVKQPVQCWPK°GFEQPVCEVVJCV information is added to every source account. Linked contact information also appears at the bottom of an individual contactâs Info UETGGPYJGPKV¨UXKGYGFHTQOCURGEK°ECEEQWPV CUQRRQUGFVQVJG#NN%QPVCEVUNKUV YJKEJNGVU[QWUGGVJG7PK°GF+PHQUETGGPCPFGCEJQHVJGQVJGTNKPMGFEQPVCEVU 178 Chapter 24 Contacts Nike + iPod 25 Activating Nike + iPod When turned on in Settings, the Nike + iPod app appears on the Home screen (iPod touch 2nd generation or later). With a Nike + iPod Sensor (sold separately), the Nike + iPod app provides audible feedback on your speed, distance, time elapsed, and calories burned during a run or walk. You can send your workout information to nikeplus.com, where you can track your progress, set goals, and participate in challenges. 6WTP0KMG K2QFQPQTQĂ In Settings, choose Nike + iPod and turn Nike + iPod on or QĂ9JGP0KMG K2QFKUVWTPGFQPKVUCRRKEQPCRRGCTUQPVJG*QOGUETGGP See the Nike + iPod documentation for information about setting up and using Nike + iPod. 179 Linking a Sensor 6JG°TUVVKOG[QWUVCTVCYQTMQWV[QW¨TGRTQORVGFVQCEVKXCVG[QWTUGPUQTYJKEJ automatically links the sensor with iPod touch. You can also use Nike + iPod settings to link a sensor with iPod touch. 0KMG K2QFECPNKPMVQQPN[QPGUGPUQTCVCVKOG6QWUGCFKĂGTGPVUGPUQTWUG Nike + iPod settings to link the new sensor. Link a sensor to iPod touch: 1 Put the Nike + iPod sensor in your shoe. 2 In Settings on iPod touch, choose Nike + iPod > Sensor. 3 Tap Link New, then walk around as instructed. 4 Tap Done when the sensor is linked. Working Out with Nike + iPod After activating Nike + iPod and inserting the Nike + iPod Sensor in your Nike+ ready shoe, you can use Nike + iPod for your workouts. Work out using Nike + iPod: 1 In Nike + iPod on iPod touch, tap Workouts, then choose a type of workout. 2 Depending on the workout, you may need to set a time, distance, or calorie goal. 3 Choose a playlist or other audio selection, then start your workout. 4 9JGP[QW°PKUJ[QWTYQTMQWVVCR'PF9QTMQWV To turn on spoken feedback or set other options, see âNike + iPod Settingsâ on page 182. 180 Chapter 25 Nike + iPod Sending Workouts to Nikeplus.com 6JG°TUVVKOG[QWEQPPGEVK2QFVQWEJVQK6WPGUCHVGTCYQTMQWV[QW¨TGCUMGFKH[QW want to automatically send your workouts to Nike+ when you sync iPod touch. Click Send to send your current workout to nikeplus.com and set iTunes to automatically send future workouts when you sync iPod touch with iTunes. If you click Donât Send, you can set iTunes to do this later. Set iTunes to automatically send workouts to nikeplus.com when you sync iPod touch with iTunes: 1 Connect iPod touch to your computer. Make sure your computer is connected to the Internet. 2 In iTunes, click Nike + iPod at the top of the screen, then select âAutomatically send workout data to nikeplus.com.â 3 Click âVisit nikeplus.comâ or click Visit in the dialog that appears. 4 Click Save Your Runs and log in, or register if you havenât already done so. Send workout data wirelessly to nikeplus.com from iPod touch: 1 In Nike + iPod on iPod touch, tap History. Make sure iPod touch is connected to the Internet. 2 Tap âSend to Nike+.â 3 Enter your email address and nikeplus.com account password, then tap âLogin to Nike +.â If you donât already have a nikeplus.com account, tap Join Nike+ to set one up. To see your workouts on nikeplus.com, log in to your account and follow the onscreen instructions. Calibrating Nike + iPod ;QWECNKDTCVG0KMG K2QFWUKPICYQTMQWV[QWLWUVEQORNGVGF;QWECPQPN[ECNKDTCVG workouts of a quarter mile or more. Calibrate iPod touch: 1 Run or walk a known distance, then tap End Workout. 2 Tap Calibrate, then enter the distance and tap Done. Reset Nike + iPod to the default calibration: In Settings, choose Nike + iPod, then tap Reset Calibration. Chapter 25 Nike + iPod 181 Nike + iPod Settings +P5GVVKPIUEJQQUG0KMG K2QFVQCEVKXCVGCPFCFLWUVUGVVKPIUHQTVJG0KMG K2QFCRR Choose a PowerSong: Choose PowerSong and select a song from your music library. 6WTPURQMGPHGGFDCEMQPQTQĂ Choose Spoken Feedback and select a male or HGOCNGXQKEGVQCEEQORCP[[QWTYQTMQWVQT1ĂVQVWTPQĂURQMGPHGGFDCEM Set a distance preference: %JQQUG&KUVCPEGVJGPUGNGEV/KNGUQT-KNQOGVGTUVQ measure your workout distance. Set your weight: %JQQUG9GKIJVVJGPÂąKEMVQGPVGT[QWTYGKIJV Set the screen orientation: Choose Lock Screen, then select a screen orientation preference. Set up the Nike + iPod Sensor: Choose Sensor, then follow the onscreen instructions to set up your sensor (sold separately). You can use a Nike+ compatible remote (sold separately) to control Nike + iPod YKTGNGUUN[$GHQTGWUKPICTGOQVGHQTVJG°TUVVKOG[QWOWUVUGVKVWRQPK2QFVQWEJ Set up the Nike + iPod remote: Choose Remote, then follow the onscreen instructions to set up your remote (third-party product sold separately). Reset Nike + iPod to the default calibration: Tap Reset Calibration. 182 Chapter 25 Nike + iPod iBooks 26 About iBooks iBooks is a great way to read and buy books. Download the free iBooks app from the App Store, and then get everything from classics to best sellers from the built-in iBookstore. Once you download a book, itâs displayed on your bookshelf. Add ePub and PDF books to your bookshelf using iTunes. Then tap a book to start TGCFKPIK$QQMUTGOGODGTU[QWTNQECVKQPUQ[QWECPGCUKN[TGVWTPVQYJGTG[QWNGHVQĂ A wide range of display options makes the books easy to read. Note: The iBooks app and the iBookstore may not be available in all languages or locations. (]HPSHISLVU[OLP)VVRZ[VYL;P[SLH]HPSHIPSP[`PZ Z\IQLJ[[VJOHUNL To download the iBooks app and use the iBookstore, you need an Internet connection and an Apple account. If you donât have an Apple account, or if you want to make purchases from another Apple account, go to Settings > Store. See âStoreâ on page 168. 183 Syncing Books and PDFs Use iTunes to sync your books and PDFs between iPod touch and your computer. When iPod touch is connected to your computer, the Books pane lets you select which items to sync. You can sync books that you download or purchase from the iBookstore. You can also add DRM-free ePub books, and PDF documents that arenât password protected, to [QWTK6WPGUNKDTCT[6JGTGCTGUGXGTCNYGDUKVGUVJCVQĂGTG2WDDQQMU 5[PECPG2WDDQQMQT2&(°NGVQK2QFVQWEJ &QYPNQCFVJGDQQMQT2&(°NGWUKPI your computer. Then, in iTunes, choose File > Add to Library. Connect iPod touch to your computer, select the book in the Books pane in iTunes, then sync iPod touch. +HC2&(°NGFQGUP¨VCRRGCTKPVJG$QQMURCPG[QWPGGFVQEJCPIGKVUV[RGKPK6WPGU 5GCTEJ[QWTK6WPGUNKDTCT[VQ°PFVJG2&(°NGUGNGEVKVVJGPEJQQUG(KNG )GV+PHQ+P VJG1RVKQPUUGEVKQPQHVJG°NGKPHQTOCVKQPYKPFQYEJQQUG$QQMHTQOVJG/GFKC-KPF RQRWROGPWVJGPENKEM1- Using the iBookstore In the iBooks app, tap Store to open the iBookstore. From there, you can browse featured books or best-selling books, and browse for books by author or topic. When [QW°PFCDQQM[QWNKMG[QWECPRWTEJCUGKVCPFFQYPNQCFKVVQK2QFVQWEJ Note: Some features of the iBookstore may not be available in all locations. Get more information: Tap a book cover to see more information about the book, or tap Get Sample to download a sample portion of the book. You can also read reviews, write reviews for books you purchase, or email a link about the book to a friend. Purchase a book: Find a book you want, tap the price, then tap Buy Now. Sign in to [QWT#RRNGCEEQWPVVJGPVCR1-5QOGDQQMUOC[DGHTGGHQTFQYPNQCFKPI The purchase is charged to your Apple account. If you make additional purchases YKVJKPVJGPGZV°HVGGPOKPWVGU[QWFQP¨VJCXGVQGPVGT[QWTRCUUYQTFCICKP If youâve already purchased a book and want to download it again, tap Purchases in VJGK$QQMUVQTGCPF°PFVJGDQQMKPVJGNKUV6JGPVCR4GFQYPNQCFVQFQYPNQCFVJG book to iPod touch. Books that you purchase are synced to your iTunes library the next time you sync iPod touch with your computer. This provides a backup in case you delete the book from iPod touch. To read a deleted book, you must sync it back to iPod touch. 184 Chapter 26 iBooks Reading Books Reading a book is easy. Go to your bookshelf and tap Books. Find the book you want to read, then tap to open it. Turn pages: 6CRPGCTVJGTKIJVQTNGHVOCTIKPQHCRCIGQTÂąKEMNGHVQTTKIJV6QEJCPIG the direction the page turns when you tap the left margin, go to Settings > iBooks. )QVQCURGEK°ERCIG Tap near the center of the current page to show the controls. Drag the page navigation control at the bottom of the screen to the desired page, then let go. Go to the table of contents: Tap near the center of the current page to show the controls, then tap 6CRCPGPVT[VQLWORVQVJCVNQECVKQPQTVCR4GUWOGVQTGVWTPVQ the current page. Set or remove a bookmark: Tap the ribbon button to set a bookmark. To remove a bookmark, tap it. You donât need to set a bookmark when you close a book, because K$QQMUTGOGODGTUYJGTG[QWNGHVQĂCPFTGVWTPUVJGTGYJGP[QWQRGPVJGDQQMCICKP Set or remove a highlight: Touch and hold any word until itâs selected. Use the grab RQKPVUVQCFLWUVVJGUGNGEVKQPVJGPVCR*KIJNKIJV6QTGOQXGCJKIJNKIJVVCRVJG highlighted text, then tap Remove Highlight. Change the color of a highlight: Tap the highlighted text, then tap Colors and select a color from the menu. Add, remove, or edit a note: Touch and hold any word until itâs selected. Use the ITCDRQKPVUVQCFLWUVVJGUGNGEVKQPTCPIGVJGPVCR0QVG6[RGUQOGVGZVVJGPVCRVJG Done button. To view a note, tap the indicator in the margin near the highlighted text. To delete a note, tap the highlighted text, then choose Remove Note from the menu that appears. See all your bookmarks, highlights and notes: To see the bookmarks, highlights, and notes youâve added, tap , then tap Bookmarks. To view a note, tap its indicator. Tap Done to close it. Chapter 26 iBooks 185 Enlarge an image: Double-tap an image to enlarge it. Tap Done to return to close the zoomed image and continue reading. If bookmark syncing is on, when you close a book, your bookmarks, highlights, notes, and current page information are saved in your Apple account. If you use iBooks and the same Apple account on multiple devices, all of your book details stay in sync. To read a book while lying down, use the portrait orientation lock to prevent iPod touch from rotating the screen when you rotate iPod touch. See âViewing in Portrait or Landscape Orientationâ on page 26. Viewing a PDF You can use iBooks to view PDF documents. Go to the bookshelf and tap PDFs, then tap a document to open it. Turn pages: Flick left or right. Enlarge a page: Pinch to zoom in on the page, then scroll to see the portion you want. )QVQCURGEK°ERCIG Tap near the center of the current page to show the controls, then, in the page navigation controls at the bottom of the page, drag until the desired RCIGCRRGCTUQTVCRCVJWODPCKNVQVQLWORVQVJCVRCIG Go to the table of contents: Tap near the center of the current page to show the controls, then tap 6CRCPGPVT[VQLWORVQVJCVNQECVKQPQTVCR4GUWOGVQTGVWTP VQVJGEWTTGPVRCIG+HVJGCWVJQTJCUP¨VFG°PGFCVCDNGQHEQPVGPVU[QWECPVCRC page instead. Bookmarks, notes, and bookmark syncing are not available for PDF documents. Changing a Bookâs Appearance To change the appearance of books, access the controls by tapping near the center of a page. Change the font or type size: Tap , then in the list that appears, tap or to reduce or enlarge the type size. To change the font, tap Fonts, then select one from the list. Changing the font and size also changes text formatting. Change the brightness: Tap in iBooks. VJGPCFLWUVVJGDTKIJVPGUU6JKUUGVVKPICRRNKGUQPN[ Change the page and type color: Tap the color of the page and type. 186 Chapter 26 iBooks , then turn the Sepia option on to change Searching Books You can search for the title or author of a book to quickly locate it on the bookshelf. ;QWECPCNUQUGCTEJVJGEQPVGPVUQHCDQQMVQ°PFCNNVJGTGHGTGPEGUVQCYQTFQT RJTCUG[QW¨TGKPVGTGUVGFKP;QWECPCNUQUGPFCUGCTEJVQ9KMKRGFKCQT)QQINGVQ°PF other related resources. Search for a book: Go to the bookshelf and tap the status bar to scroll to the top of the screen, then tap the magnifying glass. Enter a word thatâs in the title of a book, or the authorâs name, then tap Search. Matching books appear on the bookshelf. Search in a book: Open a book and tap near the center of the page to show the controls. Tap the magnifying glass, then enter a search phrase and tap Search. Tap a search result to go to that page in the book. To quickly search for a word, touch and hold the word, then tap Search. To send your search to Google or Wikipedia, tap Search Google or Search Wikipedia. Safari opens and displays the result. .QQMKPIWRVJG&G°PKVKQPQHC9QTF ;QWECPNQQMWRVJGFG°PKVKQPQHCYQTFWUKPIVJGFKEVKQPCT[ Look up a word: Select a word in a book, then tap Dictionary in the menu that appears. Dictionaries may not be available for all languages. Having a Book Read to You If you have a visual impairment, you can use VoiceOver to read a book aloud. See âVoiceOverâ on page 190. Some books may not be compatible with VoiceOver. Organizing Your Bookshelf Use the bookshelf to browse and organize your books and PDFs. Tap Books or PDFs, or swipe left or right, to switch between them. Sort the bookshelf: Go to the bookshelf and tap the status bar to scroll to the top of the screen, then tap to select a sort method. If you donât see , scroll past the top of the bookshelf to reveal it. Rearrange items: Touch and hold a book or PDF document, then drag it to a new location on the bookshelf. Delete an item from the bookshelf: Tap Edit, then tap next to each book or PDF FQEWOGPVVJCV[QWYCPVVQFGNGVG9JGP[QW°PKUJFGNGVKPIVCR'FKVQTRTGUU*QOG Chapter 26 iBooks 187 If youâve synced iPod touch to your computer, deleted items remain in your iTunes library. If you delete a book you purchased, you can also download it again from Purchases in iBookstore. Bookmark and Note Syncing iBooks saves your bookmarks, notes, and current page information in your Apple account, so theyâre always up to date and you can read a book seamlessly across multiple devices. 6WTPDQQMOCTMU[PEKPIQPQTQĂ Go to Settings > iBooks, then turn Sync Bookmarks QPQTQĂ You must have an Internet connection to sync your settings. iBooks syncs bookmarks, notes, and current page information for all of your books when you open or quit the app. Individual books are also synced when you open or close them. 188 Chapter 26 iBooks Accessibility 27 Universal Access Features In addition to the many features that make iPod touch easy to use for everyone, accessibility features (iPod touch 3rd generation or later) are designed to make it easier for users with visual, auditory, or other physical disabilities to use iPod touch. These accessibility features include:  VoiceOver  Zoom  Large Text  White on Black  Mono Audio  Speak Auto-text  Support for braille displays With the exception of VoiceOver, these accessibility features work with all iPod touch apps, including third-party apps you download from the App Store. VoiceOver works with all apps that come preinstalled on iPod touch, and with many third-party apps. For more information about iPod touch accessibility features, go to www.apple.com/accessibility. 'CEJCEEGUUKDKNKV[HGCVWTGECPDGVWTPGFQPQTQĂKP#EEGUUKDKNKV[UGVVKPIUQP K2QFVQWEJ;QWECPCNUQVWTPCEEGUUKDKNKV[HGCVWTGUQPQTQĂKPK6WPGUYJGPK2QFVQWEJ is connected to your computer. 6WTPCEEGUUKDKNKV[HGCVWTGUQPQTQĂKPK6WPGU 1 Connect iPod touch to your computer. 2 In iTunes, select iPod touch in the Devices list. 3 +PVJG5WOOCT[RCPGENKEM%QP°IWTG7PKXGTUCN#EEGUUKPVJG1RVKQPUUGEVKQP 189 4 5GNGEVVJGCEEGUUKDKNKV[HGCVWTGUVJCV[QWYCPVVQWUGCPFENKEM1- 6JG.CTIG6GZVHGCVWTGECPQPN[DGVWTPGFQPQTQĂWUKPIK2QFVQWEJUGVVKPIU5GG âLarge Textâ on page 203. ;QWECPVWTPENQUGFECRVKQPKPIQPQTQĂKP8KFGQUGVVKPIU5GGÂĽVideosâ on page 62. VoiceOver VoiceOver describes aloud what appears onscreen, so that you can use iPod touch YKVJQWVUGGKPIKV8QKEG1XGTURGCMUKPVJGNCPIWCIGURGEK°GFKP+PVGTPCVKQPCNUGVVKPIU YJKEJOC[DGKPÂąWGPEGFD[VJG4GIKQP.QECNGUGVVKPI Note: VoiceOver is available in many languages, but not all. VoiceOver tells you about each element on the screen as itâs selected. When an GNGOGPVKUUGNGEVGFKV¨UGPENQUGFD[CDNCEMTGEVCPING HQTVJGDGPG°VQHVJQUGYJQECP see the screen) and VoiceOver speaks the name or describes the item. The enclosing rectangle is referred to as the VoiceOver cursor. If text is selected, VoiceOver reads the text. If a control (such as a button or switch) is selected and Speak Hints is turned on, VoiceOver may tell you the action of the item or provide instructions for youâfor example, âdouble-tap to open.â When you go to a new screen, VoiceOver plays a sound and then selects and speaks VJG°TUVGNGOGPVQHVJGUETGGP V[RKECNN[VJGKVGOKPVJGWRRGTNGHVEQTPGT 8QKEG1XGT also lets you know when the screen changes to landscape or portrait, and when it is locked or unlocked. 190 Chapter 27 Accessibility Setting Up VoiceOver Important: VoiceOver changes the gestures used to control iPod touch. Once VoiceOver is turned on, you have to use VoiceOver gestures to operate iPod touchâ GXGPVQVWTP8QKEG1XGTQĂCICKPVQTGUWOGUVCPFCTFQRGTCVKQP The tasks in this section describe how to change VoiceOver settings when VoiceOver KUVWTPGFQĂ6QNGCTPJQYVQUGNGEVKVGOUVCRCFLWUVUNKFGTUCPFRGTHQTOQVJGTCEVKQPU when VoiceOver is turned on, see âUsing VoiceOverâ on page 195. 6WTP8QKEG1XGTQPQTQĂ In Settings, choose General > Accessibility > VoiceOver and VCRVJG8QKEG1XGT1P1ĂUYKVEJ ;QWECPCNUQUGV6TKRNGENKEM*QOGVQVWTP8QKEG1XGTQPQTQĂ5GGÂĽTriple-click Homeâ on page 203. Note: You cannot use VoiceOver and Zoom at the same time. 6WTPURQMGPJKPVUQPQTQĂ In Settings, choose General > Accessibility > VoiceOver, CPFVCRVJG5RGCM*KPVU1P1ĂUYKVEJ9JGP5RGCM*KPVUKUVWTPGFQP8QKEG1XGTOC[ tell you the action of the item or provide instructions for youâfor example, âdoubletap to open.â Speak Hints is turned on by default. Set the VoiceOver speaking rate: In Settings, choose General > Accessibility > 8QKEG1XGTCPFCFLWUVVJG5RGCMKPI4CVGUNKFGT You can choose what kind of feedback you get when you type. You can set VoiceOver to speak characters, words, both, or nothing. If you choose to hear both characters and words, VoiceOver speaks each character as you type it, then speaks the whole word YJGP[QW°PKUJKVD[GPVGTKPICURCEGQTRWPEVWCVKQP Choose typing feedback: In Settings, choose General > Accessibility > VoiceOver > Typing Feedback, then choose Characters, Words, Characters and Words, or Nothing. Use phonetics In Settings, choose General > Accessibility > VoiceOver, then tap the Use Phonetics switch to turn it on. Use this feature when you type or read character-by-character, to help make clear which characters were spoken. When Use 2JQPGVKEUKUVWTPGFQP8QKEGQXGT°TUVURGCMUVJGEJCTCEVGT then speaks a word beginning with the character. For example, if you type the character âf,â VoiceOver speaks âf,â and then a moment later, âfoxtrot.â Use pitch change In Settings, choose General > Accessibility > VoiceOver, then tap the Use Pitch Change switch to turn it on. VoiceOver uses a higher pitch when entering a letter, and a lower pitch when deleting a letter. VoiceOver also uses a JKIJGTRKVEJYJGPURGCMKPIVJG°TUVKVGOQHCITQWR UWEJCU a list or table) and a lower pitch when speaking the last item of a group. Chapter 27 Accessibility 191 By default, VoiceOver uses the language thatâs set for iPod touch. You can set a FKĂGTGPVNCPIWCIGHQT8QKEG1XGT Set the language for iPod touch: In Settings, choose General > International > .CPIWCIGVJGPUGNGEVCNCPIWCIGCPFVCR1-5QOGNCPIWCIGUOC[DGKPÂąWGPEGFD[ the Region Local setting. In Settings, choose General > International > Region Format and select the format. Set the language for VoiceOver: In Settings, choose General > International > Voice Control, then choose the language. If you change the language for iPod touch, you may need to reset the language for VoiceOver. Set the rotor options for web browsing: In Settings, choose General > Accessibility > VoiceOver > Web Rotor. Tap to select or deselect options. To change the position of an item in the list, touch next to the item, then drag up or down. Select the languages available in the Language rotor: In Settings, choose General > Accessibility > VoiceOver > Language Rotor and tap to select the language or languages you want to appear in the Language rotor. To change the position of a language in the list, touch next to the language and drag up or down. The Language rotor is always available when youâve selected more than one language. VoiceOver Gestures 9JGP8QKEG1XGTKUVWTPGFQPVJGUVCPFCTFVQWEJUETGGPIGUVWTGUJCXGFKĂGTGPVGĂGEVU These and some additional gestures let you move around the screen and control individual elements when theyâre selected. VoiceOver gestures include two- and VJTGG°PIGTUIGUVWTGUVQVCRQTÂąKEM(QTDGUVTGUWNVUYJGPWUKPIVYQCPFVJTGG°PIGT IGUVWTGUTGNCZCPFNGV[QWT°PIGTUVQWEJVJGUETGGPYKVJUQOGURCEGDGVYGGPVJGO You can use standard gestures when VoiceOver is turned on, by double-tapping and JQNFKPI[QWT°PIGTQPVJGUETGGP#UGTKGUQHVQPGUKPFKECVGUVJCVPQTOCNIGUVWTGUCTG KPHQTEG6JG[TGOCKPKPGĂGEVWPVKN[QWNKHV[QWT°PIGT6JGP8QKEG1XGTIGUVWTGUTGUWOG ;QWECPWUGFKĂGTGPVVGEJPKSWGUVQGPVGT8QKEG1XGTIGUVWTGU(QTGZCORNG[QWECP GPVGTCVYQ°PIGTVCRWUKPIVYQ°PIGTUHTQOQPGJCPFQTQPG°PIGTHTQOGCEJJCPF ;QWECPCNUQWUG[QWTVJWODU/CP[°PFVJGÂĽURNKVVCRÂŚIGUVWTGGURGEKCNN[GĂGEVKXG instead of selecting an item and double-tapping, you can touch and hold an item with QPG°PIGTVJGPVCRVJGUETGGPYKVJCPQVJGT°PIGT6T[FKĂGTGPVVGEJPKSWGUVQFKUEQXGT which works best for you. If your gestures donât work, try quicker movements, especially for double-tapping and ÂąKEMKPIIGUVWTGU6QÂąKEMVT[SWKEMN[DTWUJKPIVJGUETGGPYKVJ[QWT°PIGTQT°PIGTU When VoiceOver is turned on, the VoiceOver Practice button appears, which gives you a chance to practice VoiceOver gestures before proceeding. 192 Chapter 27 Accessibility Practice gestures: In Settings, choose General > Accessibility > VoiceOver, then tap 8QKEG1XGT2TCEVKEG9JGP[QW°PKUJRTCEVKEKPIVCR&QPG If you donât see the VoiceOver Practice button, make sure VoiceOver is turned on. Hereâs a summary of key VoiceOver gestures: Navigate and Read  Tap: Speak item.  Flick right or left: Select the next or previous item.  Flick up or down: Depends on the Rotor Control setting. See âRotor Controlâ on page 194.  6YQ°PIGTVCR Stop speaking the current item.  6YQ°PIGTÂąKEMWR Read all from top of screen.  6YQ°PIGTÂąKEMFQYP Read all from current position.  6YQ°PIGTÂĽUETWDÂŚ /QXGVYQ°PIGTUDCEMCPFHQTVJVJTGGVKOGUSWKEMN[ OCMKPIC âzâ) to dismiss an alert or go back to the previous screen.  6JTGG°PIGTÂąKEMWRQTFQYP Scroll one page at a time.  6JTGG°PIGTÂąKEMTKIJVQTNGHV Go to the next or previous page (such as the Home screen, Stocks, or Safari).  6JTGG°PIGTVCR Speak the scroll status (which page or rows are visible).  (QWT°PIGTÂąKEMWR 5GNGEVVJG°TUVGNGOGPVQPVJGUETGGP  (QWT°PIGTÂąKEMFQYP Select the last element on the screen. Activate  Double-tap: Activate selected item.  Triple-tap: Double-tap an item.  Split-tap: An alternative to selecting an item and double-tapping is to touch an item YKVJQPG°PIGTVJGPVCRVJGUETGGPYKVJCPQVJGTVQCEVKXCVGCPKVGO  6QWEJCPKVGOYKVJQPG°PIGTVCRVJGUETGGPYKVJCPQVJGT°PIGT ÂĽURNKVVCRRKPIÂŚ Activate item.  Double-tap and hold (1 second) + standard gesture: Use a standard gesture. The double-tap and hold gesture tells iPod touch to interpret the subsequent gesture as standard. For example, you can double-tap and hold, then without lifting [QWT°PIGTFTCI[QWT°PIGTVQUNKFGCUYKVEJ  6YQ°PIGTFQWDNGVCR Play or pause in iPod, YouTube, Voice Memos, or Photos. Start or pause recording in Voice Memos. Start or stop the stopwatch.  6JTGG°PIGTFQWDNGVCR Mute or unmute VoiceOver.  6JTGG°PIGTVTKRNGVCR 6WTPVJGUETGGPEWTVCKPQPQTQĂ Chapter 27 Accessibility 193 Rotor Control The rotor control is a virtual dial that you can use to change the results of up and FQYPÂąKEMIGUVWTGUYJGP8QKEG1XGTKUVWTPGFQP Operate the rotor: 4QVCVGVYQ°PIGTUQPVJGK2QFVQWEJUETGGPVQÂĽVWTPÂŚVJGFKCNVQ choose between options. The current setting appears on the screen and is spoken aloud. 6JGGĂGEVQHVJGTQVQTFGRGPFUQPYJCV[QW¨TGFQKPI(QTGZCORNGKH[QW¨TGTGCFKPI text in an email you received, you can use the rotor to switch between hearing text URQMGPYQTFD[YQTFQTEJCTCEVGTD[EJCTCEVGTYJGP[QWÂąKEMWRQTFQYP+H[QW¨TG browsing a webpage, you can use the rotor setting to hear all the text (either word-byYQTFQTEJCTCEVGTD[EJCTCEVGT QTVQLWORHTQOQPGGNGOGPVVQCPQVJGTQHCEGTVCKP type, such as headers or links. The following lists show the available rotor options, depending on the context of what youâre doing. Reading text Select and hear text by:  Character  Word  Line Browsing a webpage Select and hear text by:  Character  Word  Line  Heading  Link  Form control  Table  List  Landmark  Visited link  Non-visited link  Image  Static text Zoom in or out 194 Chapter 27 Accessibility Entering text Move insertion point and hear text by:  Character  Word  Line Select edit function Select language Using a control (such as the spinner for setting the time in Clock) Select and hear values by:  Character  Word  Line #FLWUVVJGXCNWGQHVJGEQPVTQNQDLGEV Speech (available using Apple Wireless Keyboard only) #FLWUV8QKEG1XGTURGCMKPID[  Volume  Rate  Typing echo  Use pitch change  Use Phonetics See â%QPVTQNNKPI8QKEG1XGT7UKPICP#RRNG9KTGNGUU-G[DQCTFâ on page 199. You can select which rotor options appear for web browsing, and arrange their order. See âSetting Up VoiceOverâ on page 191. Using VoiceOver Select items on the screen: &TCI[QWT°PIGTQXGTVJGUETGGP8QKEG1XGTKFGPVK°GU each element as you touch it. You can move systematically from one element to the PGZVD[ÂąKEMKPINGHVQTTKIJVYKVJCUKPING°PIGT'NGOGPVUCTGUGNGEVGFHTQONGHVVQ TKIJVVQRVQDQVVQO(NKEMTKIJVVQIQVQVJGPGZVGNGOGPVQTÂąKEMNGHVVQIQVQVJG previous element. 7UGHQWT°PIGTIGUVWTGUVQUGNGEVVJG°TUVQTNCUVGNGOGPVQPCUETGGP  5GNGEVVJG°TUVGNGOGPVQPCUETGGP (NKEMWRYKVJHQWT°PIGTU  Select the last element on a screen: (NKEMFQYPYKVJHQWT°PIGTU âTapâ a selected item when VoiceOver is turned on: Double-tap anywhere on the screen. Chapter 27 Accessibility 195 âDouble-tapâ a selected item when VoiceOver is turned on: Triple-tap anywhere on the screen. Speak the text of an element, character-by-character or word-by-word: With VJGGNGOGPVUGNGEVGFÂąKEMWRQTFQYPYKVJQPG°PIGT(NKEMFQYPVQTGCFVJGPGZV EJCTCEVGTQTÂąKEMWRVQTGCFVJGRTGXKQWUEJCTCEVGT7UGRJQPGVKEUVQJCXG8QKEG1XGT also speak a word beginning with the character being spoken. See âSetting Up VoiceOverâ on page 191. Twist the rotor control to have VoiceOver read word-by-word. Adjust a slider: 9KVJCUKPING°PIGTÂąKEMWRVQKPETGCUGVJGUGVVKPIQTFQYPVQ FGETGCUGVJGUGVVKPI8QKEG1XGTCPPQWPEGUVJGUGVVKPICU[QWCFLWUVKV Scroll a list or area of the screen (NKEMWRQTFQYPYKVJVJTGG°PIGTU(NKEMFQYPVQRCIGFQYP VJTQWIJVJGNKUVQTUETGGPQTÂąKEMWRVQRCIGWR9JGPRCIKPI through a list, VoiceOver speaks the range of items displayed (for example, âshowing rows 5 through 10â). You can also scroll continuously through a list, instead of paging through it. Double-tap and hold. When you hear a UGTKGUQHVQPGU[QWECPOQXG[QWT°PIGTWRQTFQYPVQUETQNN VJGNKUV%QPVKPWQWUUETQNNKPIUVQRUYJGP[QWNKHV[QWT°PIGT Use a list index Some lists have an alphabetical index along the right side. 6JGKPFGZECPPQVDGUGNGEVGFD[ÂąKEMKPIDGVYGGPGNGOGPVU you must touch the index directly to select it. With the index UGNGEVGFÂąKEMWRQTFQYPVQOQXGCNQPIVJGKPFGZ;QWECP CNUQFQWDNGVCRVJGPUNKFG[QWT°PIGTWRQTFQYP Reorder a list Some lists, such as Favorites in Phone, and Web Rotor and Language Rotor in Accessibility settings can be reordered. on the right side of an item, double-tap and hold Select until you hear a sound, then drag up or down. VoiceOver speaks the item youâve moved above or below, depending on the direction youâre dragging. Unlock iPod touch: Select the Unlock switch, then double-tap the screen. Rearrange the Home screen: On the Home screen select the icon you want to move. Double-tap and hold, then drag the icon. VoiceOver speaks the row and column position as your drag the icon. Release the icon when itâs in the location you want. You can drag additional icons. Drag an item to the left or right edge of the screen VQOQXGKVVQCPQVJGTRCIGQHVJG*QOGUETGGP9JGP[QW¨TG°PKUJGFRTGUUVJG Home button. 196 Chapter 27 Accessibility Mute VoiceOver &QWDNGVCRYKVJVJTGG°PIGTU&QWDNGVCRCICKPYKVJVJTGG °PIGTUVQVWTPURGCMKPIDCEMQP6QVWTPQĂQPN[8QKEG1XGT sounds, set the Ring/Silent switch to Silent. If you have an external keyboard connected, you can also press the Control key on the keyboard to mute or unmute VoiceOver. Stop speaking an item 6CRQPEGYKVJVYQ°PIGTU6CRCICKPYKVJVYQ°PIGTUVQ resume speaking. Speaking automatically resumes when you select another item. 6WTPVJGUETGGPEWTVCKPQPQTQĂ 6TKRNGVCRYKVJVJTGG°PIGTU9JGPUETGGPEWTVCKPKUQP the screen contents are active even though the display is VWTPGFQĂ Speak the entire screen from the top (NKEMWRYKVJVYQ°PIGTU Speak from the current item to the bottom of the screen (NKEMFQYPYKVJVYQ°PIGTU You can hear iPod touch status information by touching the top of the screen. This can include the time, battery life, Wi-Fi signal strength, and more. Entering and Editing Text 9JGP[QWGPVGTCPGFKVCDNGVGZV°GNF[QWECPWUGVJGQPUETGGPMG[DQCTFQTCP external keyboard connected to iPod touch to enter text. There are two ways to enter text in VoiceOverâstandard typing and âtouchâ typing. With standard typing, you select a key, then double-tap the screen to enter the character. With touch typing, you touch to select a key and the character is entered CWVQOCVKECNN[YJGP[QWNKHV[QWT°PIGT6QWEJV[RKPIECPDGSWKEMGTDWVOC[TGSWKTG more practice than standard typing. VoiceOver also lets you use the editing features of iPod touch to cut, copy, or paste in a VGZV°GNF Enter text: 1 5GNGEVCVGZV°GNFVQDTKPIWRVJGQPUETGGPMG[DQCTF You may need to double-tap to bring up the keyboard, if it doesnât appear CWVQOCVKECNN[8QKEG1XGTYKNNVGNN[QWKHVJGVGZV°GNFÂĽKUGFKVKPIÂŚQTKH[QWPGGFVQ âdouble-tap to edit.â +HVJG°GNFCNTGCF[EQPVCKPUVGZVVJGKPUGTVKQPRQKPVKURNCEGFGKVJGTCVVJGDGIKPPKPI or at the end of the text. Double-tap to move the insertion point to the opposite end. VoiceOver tells you the position of the insertion point. 2 Use the keyboard to type characters: Chapter 27 Accessibility 197  Standard typing: 5GNGEVCMG[QPVJGMG[DQCTFD[ÂąKEMKPINGHVQTTKIJVVJGPFQWDNG VCRVQGPVGTVJGEJCTCEVGT1TOQXG[QW°PIGTCTQWPFVJGMG[DQCTFVQUGNGEVCMG[ CPFYJKNGEQPVKPWKPIVQVQWEJVJGMG[YKVJQPG°PIGTVCRVJGUETGGPYKVJCPQVJGT °PIGTVQGPVGTVJGEJCTCEVGT8QKEG1XGTURGCMUVJGMG[YJGPKV¨UUGNGEVGFCPFCICKP when the character is entered.  Touch typing: 6QWEJCMG[QPVJGMG[DQCTFVQUGNGEVKVVJGPNKHV[QWT°PIGTVQGPVGT VJGEJCTCEVGT+H[QWVQWEJVJGYTQPIMG[OQXG[QWT°PIGTQPVJGMG[DQCTFWPVKN you select the key you want. VoiceOver speaks the character for each key as you VQWEJKVDWVFQGUP¨VGPVGTCEJCTCEVGTWPVKN[QWNKHV[QWT°PIGT Note: Touch typing works only for the keys that actually enter text. Use standard typing for other keys such as Shift, Delete, and Return. VoiceOver tells you when it thinks youâve misspelled a word. Choose standard or touch typing: With VoiceOver turned on and a key selected on VJGMG[DQCTFWUGVJGTQVQTVQUGNGEV6[RKPI/QFGVJGPÂąKEMWRQTFQYP Move the insertion point: Use the rotor to choose whether you want to move the insertion point by character, by word, or by line. By default, VoiceOver moves the insertion point character-by-character. Flick up or down to move the insertion point forward or backward in the text. VoiceOver makes a sound when the insertion point moves, and speaks the character that the insertion point moves across. When moving the insertion point by word, VoiceOver speaks each word as you move across it. When moving forward, the insertion point is placed at the end of the traversed word, before the space or punctuation that follows it. When moving backward, the insertion point is placed the end of the word preceding the traversed word, before the space or punctuation that follows it. To move the insertion point past the punctuation at the end of a word or sentence, use the rotor to switch back to character mode. When moving the insertion point by line, VoiceOver speaks each line as you move across it. When moving forward, the insertion point is placed at the beginning of the next line (except when you reach the last line of a paragraph, when the insertion point KUOQXGFVQVJGGPFQHVJGNKPGLWUVURQMGP 9JGPOQXKPIDCEMYCTFVJGKPUGTVKQP point is placed at the beginning of the line thatâs spoken. Delete a character: Select the , then double-tap or split-tap. You must do this even when touch typing. To delete multiple characters, touch and hold the Delete key, VJGPVCRVJGUETGGPYKVJCPQVJGT°PIGTQPEGHQTGCEJEJCTCEVGT[QWTYCPVVQFGNGVG VoiceOver speaks the character as itâs deleted. If you have Use Pitch Change turned on, VoiceOver speaks deleted characters in a lower pitch. Select text: 5GVVJGTQVQTVQ'FKVÂąKEMWRQTFQYPVQEJQQUG5GNGEVQT5GNGEV#NNVJGP double tap. If you chose Select, the word closest to the insertion point is selected when you double-tap. If you chose Select All, the entire text is selected. 198 Chapter 27 Accessibility Pinch apart or together to increase or decrease the selection. Cut, copy, or paste: /CMGUWTGVJGTQVQTKUUGVVQGFKV9KVJVGZVUGNGEVGFÂąKEMWRQT down to choose Cut, Copy, or Paste, then double-tap. Undo: 5JCMGK2QFVQWEJÂąKEMNGHVQTTKIJVVQEJQQUGVJGCEVKQPVQWPFQVJGP double-tap. Enter an accented character: In standard typing mode, select the plain character, then double-tap and hold until you hear a sound indicating alternate characters have CRRGCTGF&TCINGHVQTTKIJVVQUGNGEVCPFJGCTVJGEJQKEGU4GNGCUG[QWT°PIGTVQGPVGT the current selection. Change the language youâre typing in: 5GVVJGTQVQTVQ.CPIWCIGVJGPÂąKEMWRQT FQYP%JQQUGÂĽFGHCWNVNCPIWCIGÂŚVQWUGVJGNCPIWCIGURGEK°GFKP+PVGTPCVKQPCNUGVVKPIU Note: The Language rotor appears only if you select more than one language in the VoiceOver Language Rotor setting. See âSetting Up VoiceOverâ on page 191. Controlling VoiceOver Using an Apple Wireless Keyboard ;QWECPEQPVTQN8QKEG1XGTWUKPICP#RRNG9KTGNGUU-G[DQCTFRCKTGFYKVJK2QFVQWEJ See â7UKPICP#RRNG9KTGNGUU-G[DQCTFâ on page 37. The VoiceOver keyboard commands let you navigate the screen, select items, read UETGGPEQPVGPVUCFLWUVVJGTQVQTCPFRGTHQTOQVJGT8QKEG1XGTCEVKQPU#NNVJG keyboard commands (except one) include Control-Option, abbreviated in the table below as âVO.â VoiceOver Help speaks keys or keyboard commands as you type them. You can use VoiceOver Help to learn the keyboard layout and the actions associated with key combinations. VoiceOver Keyboard Commands VO = Control-Option Read all, starting from the current position VOâA Read from the top VOâB Move to the status bar VOâM Press the Home button VOâH Select the next or previous item VOâRight Arrow or VOâLeft Arrow Tap an item VOâSpace bar &QWDNGVCRYKVJVYQ°PIGTU VOââ-â Choose the next or previous rotor item VOâUp Arrow or VOâDown Arrow Chapter 27 Accessibility 199 Choose the next or previous speech rotor item VOâCommandâLeft Arrow or VOâCommandâ Right Arrow Adjust speech rotor item VOâCommandâUp Arrow or VOâCommandâ Down Arrow Mute or unmute VoiceOver VOâS 6WTPVJGUETGGPEWTVCKPQPQTQĂ VOâShift-S Turn on VoiceOver help 81ÂŁ- 4GVWTPVQVJGRTGXKQWUUETGGPQTVWTPQĂ VoiceOver help Escape Quick Nav 6WTPQP3WKEM0CXVQEQPVTQN8QKEG1XGTWUKPIVJGCTTQYMG[U3WKEM0CXKUQĂD[FGHCWNV 6WTP3WKEM0CXQPQTQĂ Left ArrowâRight Arrow Select the next or previous item Right Arrow or Left Arrow 5GNGEVVJGPGZVQTRTGXKQWUKVGOURGEK°GFD[ the rotor setting Up Arrow or Down Arrow 5GNGEVVJG°TUVQTNCUVKVGO ControlâUp Arrow or ControlâDown Arrow "Tapâ an item Up ArrowâDown Arrow Scroll up, down, left, or right OptionâUp Arrow, OptionâDown Arrow, Optionâ Left Arrow, or OptionâRight Arrow Change the rotor Up ArrowâLeft Arrow or Up ArrowâRight Arrow Using Maps With VoiceOver, you can zoom in or out, select pins, and get information about locations. Zoom in or out: 7UGVJGTQVQTVQEJQQUG\QQOOQFGVJGPÂąKEMWRQTFQYPVQ\QQO in or out. Select a pin: 6QWEJCRKPQTÂąKEMNGHVQTTKIJVVQOQXGHTQOQPGKVGOVQCPQVJGT Get information about a location: With a pin selected, double-tap to display the KPHQTOCVKQPÂąCI(NKEMNGHVQTTKIJVVQUGNGEVVJGÂąCIVJGPFQWDNGVCRVQFKURNC[VJG information page. 200 Chapter 27 Accessibility Editing Voice Memos You can use VoiceOver gestures to trim Voice Memo recordings. Trim a voice memo: On the Voice Memos screen, select the button to the right of the memo you want to trim, then double-tap. Then select Trim Memo and double-tap. 5GNGEVVJGDGIKPPKPIQTGPFQHVJGVTKOVQQN(NKEMWRVQFTCIVQVJGTKIJVQTÂąKEMFQYP to drag to the left. VoiceOver announces the amount of time the current position will trim from the recording. To execute the trim, select Trim Voice Memo and double-tap. Using a Braille Display with VoiceOver Setting Up a Braille Display You can use a refreshable Bluetooth braille display to read VoiceOver output in braille. In addition, braille displays with input keys and other controls can be used to control iPod touch when VoiceOver is turned on. iPod touch works with many of the most popular wireless braille displays. For a list of supported braille displays, see www.apple.com/accessibility. Set up a braille display: 1 Turn on the braille display. 2 On iPod touch, turn on Bluetooth. In Settings, choose General > Bluetooth, then tap the Bluetooth switch. 3 In Settings, choose General > Accessibility > VoiceOver > Braille, then choose the braille display. 6WTPEQPVTCEVGFDTCKNNGQPQTQĂ In Settings, choose General > Accessibility > VoiceOver > Braille, then tap the Contracted Braille switch. Choosing a Language The braille display uses the language thatâs set for Voice Control. By default, this is the language set for iPod touch in Settings > International > Language. You can use the 8QKEG1XGTNCPIWCIGUGVVKPIVQUGVCFKĂGTGPVNCPIWCIGHQT8QKEG1XGTCPFDTCKNNGFKURNC[U Set the language for VoiceOver: In Settings, choose General > International > Voice Control, then choose the language. If you change the language for iPod touch, you may need to reset the language for VoiceOver and your braille display. Chapter 27 Accessibility 201 Controlling VoiceOver with Your Braille Display You can set the leftmost or rightmost cell of your braille display to provide system status and other information:  Announcement History contains an unread message  The current Announcement History message has not been read  VoiceOver speech is muted  The iPod touch battery is low (less than 20% charge)  iPod touch is in landscape orientation  6JGUETGGPFKURNC[KUVWTPGFQĂ Â The current line contains additional text to the left  The current line contains additional text to the right Set the leftmost or rightmost cell to display status information: In Settings, choose General > Accessibility > VoiceOver > Braille > Status Cell, then tap Left or Right. See an expanded description of the status cell: On your braille display, press the status cellâs router button. Zoom /CP[K2QFVQWEJCRRUNGV[QW\QQOKPQTQWVQPURGEK°EGNGOGPVU(QTGZCORNG[QW can double-tap or use the pinch gesture to expand webpage columns in Safari. Zoom is also a special accessibility feature that lets you magnify the entire screen of any app youâre using, to help you see whatâs on the display. 6WTP Accessibility > Zoom and tap the Accessibility, tap Large Text, then tap the text size you want. White on Black Use White on Black to invert the colors on the iPod touch screen, which may make it easier to read the screen. When White on Black is turned on, the screen looks like a photographic negative. Invert the screenâs colors: In Settings, choose General > Accessibility and tap the âWhite on Blackâ switch. Mono Audio Mono Audio combines the sound of the left and right channels into a mono signal played on both sides. This enables users with hearing impairment in one ear to hear the entire sound signal with the other ear. 6WTP/QPQ#WFKQQPQTQĂ In Settings, choose General > Accessibility and tap the Mono Audio switch. Speak Auto-text Speak Auto-text speaks the text corrections and suggestions iPod touch makes when youâre typing. 6WTP5RGCM#WVQVGZVQPQTQĂ In Settings, choose General > Accessibility and tap the Speak Auto-text switch. Speak Auto-text also works with VoiceOver or Zoom. Triple-click Home Triple-click Home provides an easy way to turn some of the Accessibility features on QTQĂYJGP[QWRTGUUVJG*QOG button quickly three times. You can set Triple-click *QOGVQVWTP8QKEG1XGTQPQTQĂVWTP9JKVGQP$NCEMQPQTQĂQTRTGUGPVVJGQRVKQPU to:  6WTP8QKEG1XGTQPQTQĂ Â 6WTP Accessibility > Triple-click Home and choose the function you want. Chapter 27 Accessibility 203 Closed Captioning and Other Helpful Features Many iPod touch features help make iPod touch accessible to all users, including those with visual or auditory impairments. Closed Captioning You can turn on closed captioning for videos in iPod settings. See ââ on page 166. Note: Not all video content is encoded for closed captioning. Voice Control Voice Control (iPod touch 3rd generation or later) lets you control iPod music playback by using voice commands. See âUsing Voice Control with iPodâ on page 57. Widescreen Keyboards Several apps let you rotate iPod touch when youâre typing, so you can use a larger keyboard:  Mail  Safari  Notes  Contacts Instant Messaging (IM) Chat 6JG#RR5VQTGHGCVWTGUOCP[+PVGTPGV/GUUCIKPI +/ CRRUUWEJCU#+/$GGLKXG+/ ICQ, and Yahoo! Messenger, that are optimized for iPod touch. Minimum Font Size for Mail Messages To increase readability, set a minimum font size for Mail message text to Large, Extra Large, or Giant. See âMailâ on page 170. Universal Access in Mac OS X Take advantage of the Universal Access features in Mac OS X when you use iTunes to sync information and content from your iTunes library to iPod touch. In the Finder, choose Help > Mac Help, then search for âuniversal access.â For more information about iPod touch and Mac OS X accessibility features, go to www.apple.com/accessibility. 204 Chapter 27 Accessibility A Appendix Support and Other Information Apple iPod touch Support Site Comprehensive support information is available online at www.apple.com/support/ipodtouch. Restarting and Resetting iPod touch If something isnât working right, try restarting iPod touch, force quitting an app, or resetting iPod touch. Restart iPod touch: 2TGUUCPFJQNFVJG1P1Ă5NGGR9CMGDWVVQPWPVKNVJGTGFUNKFGT CRRGCTU5NKFG[QWT°PIGTCETQUUVJGUNKFGTVQVWTPQĂK2QFVQWEJ6QVWTPK2QFVQWEJ DCEMQPRTGUUCPFJQNFVJG1P1Ă5NGGR9CMGDWVVQPWPVKNVJG#RRNGNQIQCRRGCTU +H[QWECP¨VVWTPQĂK2QFVQWEJQTKHVJGRTQDNGOEQPVKPWGU[QWOC[PGGFVQTGUGV K2QFVQWEJ#TGUGVUJQWNFDGFQPGQPN[KHVWTPKPIK2QFVQWEJQĂCPFQPFQGUP¨V resolve the problem. Force quit an app: 2TGUUCPFJQNFVJG1P1Ă5NGGR9CMGDWVVQPHQTCHGYUGEQPFU until a red slider appears, then press and hold the Home button until the app quits. On iPod touch 3rd generation or later, you can also remove an app from the recents list to force it to quit. See âOpening and Switching Appsâ on page 23. Reset iPod touch: 2TGUUCPFJQNFVJG1P1Ă5NGGR9CMGDWVVQPCPFVJG*QOG button at the same time for at least ten seconds, until the Apple logo appears. Backing Up iPod touch iTunes creates backups of settings, downloaded apps and data, and other information on iPod touch. You can use a backup to restore these items to your iPod touch after a software restore or to transfer the information to another iPod touch. See âUpdating and Restoring iPod touch Softwareâ on page 207. 205 Backing up iPod touch or restoring from a backup isnât the same as syncing content and other items (such as music, podcasts, photos, videos, and apps that you download via iTunes) with your iTunes library. Backups include settings, downloaded apps and data, and other information on iPod touch. After you restore iPod touch, you need to sync again to get your music, videos, photos, apps, and other content back on iPod touch. See âRestoring from a Backupâ on page 208. Apps downloaded from the App Store are backed up the next time you sync with iTunes. Afterwards, only app data is backed up when you sync with iTunes. Creating a Backup iTunes creates a backup of iPod touch when you:  Sync with iTunes By default, iTunes syncs iPod touch each time you connect iPod touch to your computer. See âSyncing with iTunesâ on page 46. iTunes wonât automatically back WRCPK2QFVQWEJVJCVKUP¨VEQP°IWTGFVQU[PEYKVJVJCVEQORWVGT;QWECPCNUQ sync manually by clicking Sync in iTunes. Note that iTunes creates a backup only QPEGGCEJVKOGK2QFVQWEJKUEQPPGEVGFVQ[QWTEQORWVGTDGHQTGVJG°TUVU[PEVJCV occurs. If you sync again, iTunes doesnât create another backup.  Update iPod touch K6WPGUDCEMUWRK2QFVQWEJDGHQTGWRFCVKPIK2QFVQWEJGXGPKHKVKUP¨VEQP°IWTGFVQ sync with iTunes on that computer.  Restore iPod touch (if you choose to back up) iTunes asks if you want to back up iPod touch before restoring it. For more information about backups, including the settings and information stored in a backup, go to support.apple.com/kb/HT1766. Removing a Backup You can remove a backup of iPod touch from the list of backups in iTunes. You may want to do this, for example, if a backup was created on someone elseâs computer. Remove a backup: 1 In iTunes, open iTunes Preferences.  Windows: Choose Edit > Preferences.  Mac: Choose iTunes > Preferences. 2 Click Devices (iPod touch doesnât need to be connected). 3 Select the backup you want to remove, then click Delete Backup. 4 %QP°TO[QWYKUJVQTGOQXGVJGUGNGEVGFDCEMWRD[ENKEMKPI&GNGVG$CEMWR 5 %NKEM1-VQENQUGVJGK6WPGU2TGHGTGPEGU9KPFQY 206 Appendix A Support and Other Information Updating and Restoring iPod touch Software You can use iTunes to update or restore iPod touch software.  If you update, the iPod touch software is updated. Your downloaded apps, settings, CPFFCVCCTGP¨VCĂGEVGF Note: In some cases, an update may also involve restoring iPod touch.  If you restore, the latest version of iPod touch software is reinstalled, settings are restored to their default, and all data stored on iPod touch is deleted, including downloaded apps, songs, videos, contacts, photos, calendar information, and any other data. If youâve backed up iPod touch with iTunes on your computer, you can restore data from the backup at the end of the restore process. Deleted data is no longer accessible via the iPod touch user interface, but it isnât erased from iPod touch. For information about erasing all content and settings, see âResetting iPod touchâ on page 165. If you use a Bluetooth headset with iPod touch and you restore settings, you must pair the Bluetooth device with iPod touch again to use it. For more information about updating and restoring iPod touch software, go to support.apple.com/kb/HT1414. Updating iPod touch Make sure you have an Internet connection and have installed the latest version of iTunes from www.apple.com/itunes. Update iPod touch: 1 Connect iPod touch to your computer. 2 In iTunes, select iPod touch in the Devices list, then click Summary at the top of the screen. 3 Click âCheck for Update.â iTunes tells you if thereâs a newer version of the iPod touch software available. 4 Click Update to install the latest version of the software. Restoring iPod touch Make sure you have an Internet connection and have installed the latest version of iTunes from www.apple.com/itunes. Restore iPod touch: 1 Connect iPod touch to your computer. 2 In iTunes, select iPod touch in the Devices list, then click Summary at the top of the screen. 3 Click âCheck for Update.â iTunes tells you if thereâs a newer version of the iPod touch software available. Appendix A Support and Other Information 207 4 Click Restore. Follow the onscreen instructions to complete the restore process. When restoring, it is recommended that you back up iPod touch when prompted. When the iPod touch software has been restored, you can either set it up as a new iPod touch, or restore your music, videos, app data, and other content from a backup. After you restore from a backup, previous data is no longer accessible through the iPod touch user interface, but it isnât erased from iPod touch. For information about erasing all content and settings, see âResetting iPod touchâ on page 165. Restoring from a Backup You can restore the settings, app data, and other information from a backup, or use this feature to transfer these items to another iPod touch. Make sure you have an Internet connection and have installed the latest version of iTunes from www.apple.com/itunes. Important: Restoring from a backup is not the same as restoring iPod touch from the Summary pane in iTunes. See âRestoring iPod touchâ on page 207. Restoring from a backup does not fully restore iPod touch software. Also, restoring iPod touch from a backup restores all data in the backup, including data for apps. If you choose an old backup, restoring from it could replace the app data with data that is not current. If you restore iPod touch from a backup of some other iPhone or iPod touch, some passwords and settings may not be restored. (Additional, but still not all, passwords and settings may be restored if the backup is encrypted.) For more information about the settings and information stored in a backup, go to support.apple.com/kb/HT1766. Restore iPod touch from a backup: 1 Connect iPod touch to the computer you normally sync with. 2 In iTunes, Control-click iPod touch in the Devices list and choose âRestore from Backupâ from the menu that appears. 3 Choose the backup that you want to restore from the pop-up menu, then click Restore. If your backup is encrypted, enter your password. 208 Appendix A Support and Other Information Safety, Software, and Service Information This table describes where to get more iPod touch-related safety, software, and service information. To learn about Do this Using iPod touch safely See the Important Product Information Guide at www.apple.com/support/manuals/ipodtouch for the latest safety and regulatory information. iPod touch service and support, tips, forums, and Apple software downloads Go to www.apple.com/support/ipodtouch. The latest information about iPod touch Go to www.apple.com/ipodtouch. Using iTunes Open iTunes and choose Help > iTunes Help. For an online iTunes tutorial (may not be available in all countries and regions), go to www.apple.com/support/itunes. MobileMe Go to www.me.com. Using iPhoto on Mac OS X Open iPhoto and choose Help > iPhoto Help. Using Address Book on Mac OS X Open Address Book and choose Help > Address Book Help. Using iCal on Mac OS X Open iCal and choose Help > iCal Help. Microsoft Outlook, Windows Address Book, or Adobe Photoshop Elements See the documentation that came with those apps. Obtaining warranty service First follow the advice in this guide and online resources. Then go to www.apple.com/support or see the Important Product Information Guide at www.apple.com/support/manuals/ipodtouch. Battery replacement service Go to www.apple.com/support/ipod/service/battery. Using iPod touch in an Enterprise Environment Go to www.apple.com/iphone/business to learn more about enterprise features of iPod touch, including:  Microsoft Exchange  +PUVCNNKPIEQP°IWTCVKQPRTQ°NGU  CalDAV  CardDAV  IMAP  LDAP  VPN Appendix A Support and Other Information 209 Disposal and Recycling Information Your iPod must be disposed of properly according to local laws and regulations. Because this product contains a battery, the product must be disposed of separately from household waste. When your iPod reaches its end of life, contact Apple or your local authorities to learn about recycling options. For information about Appleâs recycling program, go to: www.apple.com/environment/recycling Deutschland: Dieses Gerät enthält Batterien. Bitte nicht in den HausmĂźll werfen. Entsorgen Sie dieses Gerätes am Ende seines Lebenszyklus entsprechend der maĂgeblichen gesetzlichen Regelungen. Nederlands: )GDTWKMVGDCVVGTKLGPMWPPGPYQTFGPKPIGNGXGTFDKLFGEJGOQMCTQHKPGGP URGEKCNGDCVVGTKLEQPVCKPGTXQQTMNGKPEJGOKUEJCHXCN MEC YQTFGPIGFGRQPGGTF TĂźrkiye: Taiwan: Battery Replacement: The rechargeable battery in iPod touch should be replaced only by an authorized service provider. For battery replacement services, go to: www.apple.com/support/ipod/service/battery European UnionâDisposal Information: This symbol means that according to local laws and regulations your product should be disposed of separately from household waste. When this product reaches its end of life, take it to a collection point designated by local authorities. Some collection points accept products for free. The separate collection and recycling of your product at the time of disposal will help conserve natural resources and ensure that it is recycled in a manner that protects human health and the environment. 210 Appendix A Support and Other Information BrasilâInformaçþes sobre descarte e reciclagem O sĂmbolo indica que este produto e/ou sua bateria nĂŁo devem ser descartadas no lixo domĂŠstico. Quando decidir descartar este produto e/ou sua bateria, faça-o de acordo com as leis e diretrizes ambientais locais. Para informaçþes sobre o programa de reciclagem da Apple, pontos de coleta e telefone de informaçþes, visite www.apple.com/br/environment. Apple and the Environment At Apple, we recognize our responsibility to minimize the environmental impacts of our operations and products. For more information, go to: www.apple.com/environment Appendix A Support and Other Information 211 12-hour time 163 24-hour time 163 accessibility features 189 Large Text 203 Mono Audio 203 setting up iPod touch using VoiceOver 18 settings 165 Speak Auto-text 203 Triple-click Home 203 VoiceOver 190 White on Black 203 Zoom 202 accounts 19, 20, 168 âpushâ 45, 169 CFLWUVKPIDTKIJVPGUU157 Adobe Photoshop 75 Adobe Photoshop Elements 49 airplane mode settings 154 turning on 154 alarms deleting 132 setting 131, 132 status icon 16 VWTPKPIQPQTQĂ132 album artwork 58 album tracks 59 alerts CFLWUVKPIXQNWOG12, 157 calendar 110 VWTPKPIQPQTQĂ157 alternate audio language 63 anti-phishing. See Safari fraud warning AOL 128 App Store about 148 browsing 149 deleting applications 152 Genius 149 restricting 162 212 Index Index store account 148, 168 syncing 46 syncing purchased content 153 updating applications 153 verifying purchases 147 #RRNG9KTGNGUU-G[DQCTF37 apps 13 deleting 152 opening 23 attachments, email 95 audio alternate language 63 mono 203 audiobooks, syncing 46 Auto-Brightness 157 AutoFill 103, 172 auto-lock, setting time for 160 AV cables 64 backing up iPod touch 48 backups creating 206 removing 206 restoring from 208 battery charging 41 low on power 42 maximizing life 42 replacing 42, 209 status icon 16 birthdays, viewing in Calendar 106 Bluetooth headset 137, 207 pairing devices 40 status 41 status icon 16 VWTPKPIQPQTQĂ159 unpairing device 41 bookmarking map locations 125 webpages 103 YouTube videos 112, 113 bookmarks, syncing 46, 49, 103, 104 books accessibility 187 annotating 185 brightness 186 FG°PKPIYQTFU187 deleting, rearranging 188 °PFKPI184 iBooks 183 purchasing 184 reading 185, 186 searching 187 syncing 46, 184 text size 186 braille, using displays with VoiceOver 201 brightness CFLWUVKPI157 iBooks 186 UGVVKPIVQCFLWUVCWVQOCVKECNN[157 browse buttons, changing 66 browser cache, clearing 173 browsing album artwork 58 App Store 149 iTunes Music Store 141 YouTube videos 111 business, using iPod touch in 209 DWUKPGUUGU°PFKPI124 cable, Dock Connector to USB 10, 18 cache, clearing browser 173 Calculator 133 UEKGPVK°E134 CalDAV 105 Calendar about 105 adding an event 107 birthdays 106 CalDAV 105 deleting an event 108 searching 107 updating an event 108 views 106 See also events calendars, syncing 46, 49, 105 calibrating Nike + iPod 181 Camera deleting photos 73 exposure 72 front camera 72 main camera 72 restricting 162 seeing photos and videos youâve taken 72, 73 taking photos 72 upload photos to your computer 74 Index caps lock, enabling 163 CardDAV 174 Cc 170 charging battery 41 cleaning iPod touch 44 clearing playlists 61 clocks, adding 131 ENQUGFECRVKQPKPIVWTPKPIQPQTQĂ166 component AV cable 64 composite AV cable 64 computer requirements 17 connecting to Internet 19 contacts adding and editing 176 adding from Maps 125 assigning photo to 80 CardDAV 174 GAL (Global Address List) 96, 175 LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol) 175 seeing location of 119 send info by email 97 setting how displayed 171 setting how sorted 171 syncing 46, 49, 174 Yahoo! Address Book 49 controls, using 23 converting, videos 65 cookies 173 copying images 79 text 33 Cover Flow 58 current approximate location 122 cutting and pasting text 33 data protection 43, 160 data, erasing 20, 43, 161, 165 date and time, setting 163 date format 164 debug console 173 deleting alarms 132 all content and settings 43, 165 apps 152 clocks 131 contacts 176 email account 169 email messages 98 notes 129 photos 73 playlists 61 removing 206 songs from a playlist 61 videos 65 213 YouTube playlists 114 YouTube videos from a playlist 114 developer settings 173 directions, getting 122 disconnecting iPod touch from computer 18 Dock Connector 136 Dock Connector to USB cable 10, 18 downloading applications 151 podcasts 145 earphones about 10 center button 10, 11, 62 editing playlists 61 text 33 text using VoiceOver 197 videos 73 GĂGEVUUQWPFUVWTPKPIQPQTQĂ157 enterprise, using iPod touch 209 ePub books 184 equalizer 166 erasing data 20, 43, 161, 165 Exchange. See Microsoft Exchange exposure 72 external keyboards 37 facemarks 35 FaceTime phone number format 69 restricting 162 starting a call 69 using other apps while talking 70 favorites 177 Fetch New Data 169 °NGHQTOCVUUWRRQTVGF95 °NGUJCTKPI48 Find My iPod touch 20, 43 folders, Home screen 27 force quitting an application 44, 205 formats date, time, and telephone number 164 forwarding messages 97 GAL (Global Address List) 96, 175 Game Center about 82 account information 90 achievements 87 downloading games 84 friends 88 214 Index inviting friends 84 leaderboards 86 playing games 84 recently played games 87 setting up 82 status information 90 Genius Mixes 54, 60 Genius playlists 51, 56, 59 Genius, App Store 149 gestures, VoiceOver 192 getting help 209 getting started 17 Google 128 Contacts 49 searching the web 103 grab points 33 hardware keyboards 37 headset center button 137 using with Voice Memos 136 help, getting 209 Home button, double-click settings 159 Home screen 12, 23 adding web clips 104 customizing 27 folders 27 wallpaper 30, 157 hybrid view 121 iBooks 183 iBookstore 183 iCal 49, 209 icons application 13 status 16 images copying 79 pasting 79 IMAP accounts 91, 128 searching email 99 installing, applications from the App Store 151 international keyboards 34, 163, 164 Internet, connecting to 19 iPhoto 49, 209 iPod changing browse buttons 66 converting videos for iPod touch 65 deleting videos 65 Genius Mixes 60 Genius playlists 59 on-the-go playlists 114 playing songs using Voice Control 57 playlists 61 TGRGCVKPIQTUJWĂKPIUQPIU56 searching 59, 63 5JCMGVQ5JWĂG54, 166 sleep timer 65 iTunes Store about 140 account 17, 140, 144, 148, 168 browsing 141 checking download status 145 purchasing songs and albums 143 restricting 162 streaming or downloading podcasts 145 syncing purchased content 146 verifying purchases 147 iTunes U, syncing 46, 48 iTunes getting help 209 settings panes 47 MCQOQLK HCEGOCTMU 35 keyboards #RRNG9KTGNGUU-G[DQCTF37 external 197 hardware 37 international 34 layouts 37 switching languages 37 typing on 30 languages, switching keyboard 37 Large Text 203 LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol) 175 links in email 94 on webpages 101 location. See Maps location services resetting location warnings 166 restricting 162 settings 159 status icon 16, 120 using with Camera 71 using with Maps 118 location warnings 166 Lock screen wallpaper 30, 157 locking iPod touch 11, 16 lyrics, displaying 55 Mac system requirements 17 âMade for iPodâ logo 136 Mail Index account setup 91, 168 attachments 95 Cc 170 checking for new messages 92, 98 deleting email account 169 deleting messages 98 forwarding messages 97 links 94 load additional messages 93 marking messages as unread 93 opening drafts 97 organizing email 98 password settings 169 reading messages 92 replying to messages 97 resizing text column 93 saving drafts 97 searching 99 seeing recipients 93 sending messages 96 sending photos 97 sending videos 97 sending webpage URL via email 101 sending YouTube video links 112, 113 settings 168, 169 sharing contact information 97 signatures 171 storing email on iPod touch or server 169 syncing email account settings 46 Yahoo! email account 45 zooming in a message 93 Maps adding location to a contact 125 bookmarking location 125 current approximate location 120, 122 dropped pin 121 °PFKPICNQECVKQP119 °PFKPIDWUKPGUUGU124 getting directions 122 hybrid view 121 satellite view 121 seeing location of a contact 119 sharing a location 125 VTCĂEEQPFKVKQPU124 zooming 119 microphone, external 136 Microsoft Exchange 96, 174 push accounts 45 searching email 99 setting up account 20 syncing 20, 105 Microsoft Internet Explorer 49, 103 Microsoft Outlook 49, 128 MobileMe 20, 128, 174 getting help 209 push accounts 45 215 searching email 99 security features 20, 43 sending photos to a gallery 79 setting up account 20 syncing 104, 105 model number 158 Mono Audio 203 movies rented 48, 64, 65 syncing 46 music lyrics 55 managing manually 48 previewing 143 purchasing 143 searching 59 settings 166 syncing 46, 48 music videos, syncing 46 navigating. See panning, scrolling network activity status icon 16 Nike + iPod activating 179 calibrating 181 linking a sensor 180 sending workouts to nikeplus.com 181 settings 173, 182 working out with 180 nikeplus.com 181 Notes 129 searching 130 syncing 46, 128 NTSC 167 1P1Ă5NGGR9CMGUYKVEJ11, 73 opening apps 23 orientation, changing 100 Outlook Express. See Windows Address Book Outlook. See Microsoft Outlook overview, iPod touch applications 13 pairing with Bluetooth headset 40 PAL 167 panning maps 119 webpages 101 parental controls. See Restrictions passcode 160 pasting images 79 216 Index text 33 PC system requirements 17 PDF books 184 photo albums 78 photos assigning to contacts 80 sending in email messages 97 syncing 46, 49, 75 taking 72 using as wallpaper 30, 157 Photos playing music during slideshow 78 settings 78, 167 viewing slideshows 78 zooming photos 77 See also Camera pictures. See Camera, Photos playlist folders 48, 54 playlists 61 podcasts downloading 145 streaming 145 syncing 46, 48 pop-ups 172 power, low 42 previewing music 143 videos 144 RTQ°NGUUGVVKPIU165 purchased content, syncing 146, 153 purchasing applications 148 music 140, 143 videos 144 push accounts 45, 169 reading email 92 rechargeable batteries 42 removing backups 206 renting,movies and TV shows 48, 64, 65, 144 repeating songs 56 replacing battery 42, 209 replying to messages 97 requirements for using iPod touch 17 resetting iPod touch 44, 205 resizing webpage columns 101 restarting 44, 205 restoring iPod touch software 207 restoring settings and information 208 restrictions, setting 161 rotor control 194 Safari AutoFill 103, 172 bookmarking webpages 103 clearing cache 173 cookies 173 creating a new or adding to an existing contact 101 creating a preaddressed Mail message 101 Debug Console 173 developer settings 173 fraud warning 172 Home screen web clips 104 navigating 101 opening webpages 100, 102 pop-ups 172 reloading webpages 101 TGUK\KPIEQNWOPUVQ°VUETGGP101 restricting 162 saving images to your Photo Library 101 searching 103 security 172 settings 172 stopping webpages from loading 101 syncing bookmarks 46, 49 V[RKPIKPVGZV°GNFU102 zooming webpages 101 satellite view 121 screen 157 UGVVKPIVQCFLWUVCWVQOCVKECNN[157 using 23 screen reader 18 screenshot, taking a 73 scrolling about 24 maps 119 webpages 101 search engine 172 searching App Store 149 audio content 59 calendars 107 global 38 iTunes Music Store 141 Mail messages 99 notes 130 Spotlight Search setting 160 video content 63 webpage text 103 Wikipeida 38 YouTube videos 112 security erase data after ten failed passcode attempts 161 features 42 Find My iPod touch 20, 43 setting passcode for iPod touch 160 web 172 selecting text 33 sending Index email 96 sensor, Nike + iPod 180 UGTKCNPWODGT°PFKPI158 service and support information 209 settings accessibility 165 accounts 168 airplane mode 154 alarms 131 alerts 110 auto-capitalization 163 auto-correction 32, 163 auto-lock 160 Bluetooth 159 brightness 157 Calendar 110 date and time 163 developer 173 email server 169 Fetch New Data 169 Home button 159 international 164 language 164 location services 159 Mail, Contacts, Calendars 168 Mail 168 music 166 Nike + iPod 173, 182 PQVK°ECVKQPU156 passcode lock 160 Photos 78, 167 RTQ°NGU165 resetting 165 restrictions 161 Safari 103, 172 screen brightness 157 search 160 security 172 5JCMGVQ5JWĂG166 slideshow 78 sound 110 Store 168 temperature 127 TV out 167 video 166 VoiceOver 189 VPN 158 wallpaper 30, 157 5JCMGVQ5JWĂG54, 166 sharing photos in email messages 97 videos in email messages 97 UJWĂKPIUQPIU56 signatures, email 171 sleep timer 65 slideshows 78 217 settings 167 software getting help 209 updating and restoring 207 version 158 sound CFLWUVKPICNGTVUXQNWOG157 CFLWUVKPIXQNWOG12 calendar alert 110 setting limit 166 VWTPKPIQPQTQĂ157 Sound Check 166 UQWPFGĂGEVU12 Speak Auto-text 203 spell checking 32 Spotlight Search settings 160 SSL 169 star next to a phone number 177 Starbucks, browsing and purchasing music 141 status icons 16 stock information, Yahoo! 117 Stocks, adding and deleting quotes 116 stopwatch, using 132 storage capacity 158 Store, settings 168 streaming podcasts 145 subtitles 63 UWT°PIVJGYGD100 switching between cameras 72 syncing calendars 105 Google Contacts 49 iTunes library contents 46 Microsoft Exchange 20, 105 MobileMe 20, 105 notes 128 photos 75 preventing 50 purchased songs 146 âSync in progressâ message 18 voice memos 139 webpage bookmarks 103, 104 system requirements 17 taking photos 72 telephone number format 164 text cutting or copying 33 entering and editing using VoiceOver 197 increasing size 203 pasting 33 typing 30 typing in webpages 102 time format 164 time zone support 110, 171 218 Index time, setting 163 timer setting 132 sleep 132 touchscreen, using 23 VTCĂEEQPFKVKQPUEJGEMKPI124 transferring °NGU48 purchased content 51, 146, 153 settings and information 205, 208 VTCPUKVKQPGĂGEVUUGVVKPI167 trimming videos 73 Triple-click Home setting 203 troubleshooting backing up 205 restarting 44, 205 software update and restore 207 VWTPKPIK2QFVQWEJQPQTQĂ11 TV shows rented 48, 64, 65 TV shows, syncing 46 TV signal settings 167 typing facemarks 35 international keyboards 34 keyboard 30 spell checking 32 KPYGDRCIGVGZV°GNFU102 undoing edits 33 unlocking iPod touch 11 unpairing Bluetooth device 41 unread messages, marking 93 updating iPod touch software 207 USB cable 10, 18 port 18 video calls restricting 162 video settings 166 videos alternate audio language 63 converting for iPod touch 65 deleting 65 editing 73 previewing 144 purchasing 144 searching 63 sending in email messages 97 subtitles 63 syncing 48 trimming 73 watching on a TV 64 See also iPod, Music, YouTube virtual private network. See VPN Voice Control playing songs 39, 57 Voice Memos emailing 139 recording 136 syncing 139 trimming 138 VoiceOver about 190 braille displays 201 entering and editing text 197 gestures 192 rotor control 194 setting up iPod touch using 18 volume CFLWUVKPI12 CFLWUVKPIHQTCNGTVU157 setting limit 166 VPN accessing networks using 19 EQP°IWTKPI158 VWTPKPIQPQTQĂ158 search using 103 stock information 117 weather information 127 YouTube bookmarking videos 112, 113 browsing videos 111 emailing links 112, 113 playing videos 112 restricting 162 searching for videos 112 Zoom (accessibility feature) 202 zooming camera 72 email messages 93 maps 119 photos 77 webpages 101 waking iPod touch 11 wallpaper 30, 157 warranty service 209 watching videos on a TV 64 weather information, Yahoo! 127 Weather adding cities 126 deleting cities 127 temperature settings 127 viewing 126 web. See Safari web clips, adding to Home screen 104 webpages bookmarking 103 syncing 46, 49 White on Black 203 Wi-Fi forgetting a network 156 LQKPKPIPGVYQTMU19, 155 status icon 16 VWTPKPIQPQTQĂ155 Wikipedia, searching 38 Windows Address Book 49 Windows XP 17 âWorks with iPod touchâ logo 136 World Clock 131 Yahoo! 128 Address Book 49 Index 219 % Apple Inc. Š 2010 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. Apple, the Apple logo, Cover Flow, FaceTime, iBooks, iCal, K2JQPGK2JQVQK2QFK6WPGU-G[PQVG/CE/CEKPVQUJ Mac OS, the Made for iPod logo, Numbers, Pages, Safari, and Spotlight are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries. (KPFGT/WNVK6QWEJCPF5JWĂGCTGVTCFGOCTMUQH Apple Inc. Apple Store and iTunes Store are service marks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries. App Store and MobileMe are service marks of Apple Inc. IOS is a trademark or registered trademark of Cisco in the U.S and other countries and is used under license. 6JG0KMG K2QF5RQTV-KVKUEQXGTGFD[QPGQTOQTG of U.S. patent numbers 6,018,705, 6,052,654, 6,493,652, 6,298,314, 6,611,789, 6,876,947, and 6,882,955, either alone or when used in combination with a Nike + iPod enabled iPod media player or later. The BluetoothÂŽ word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by Apple Inc. is under license. Adobe and Photoshop are trademarks or registered trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the U.S. and/or other countries. Other company and product names mentioned herein may be trademarks of their respective companies. Mention of third-party products is for informational purposes only and constitutes neither an endorsement nor a recommendation. Apple assumes no responsibility with regard to the performance or use of these products. All understandings, agreements, or warranties, if any, take place directly between the vendors and the RTQURGEVKXGWUGTU'XGT[GĂQTVJCUDGGPOCFGVQGPUWTG that the information in this manual is accurate. Apple is not responsible for printing or clerical errors. 019-1890/2010-09
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.3 Linearized : Yes Create Date : 2010:08:31 16:10:25-07:00 Modify Date : 2010:08:31 16:10:25-07:00 Page Count : 220 Creation Date : 2010:08:31 23:10:25Z Mod Date : 2010:08:31 23:10:25Z Producer : Acrobat Distiller 5.0.5 (Windows) Author : choque Metadata Date : 2010:08:31 23:10:25Z Creator : choque Title : A1367 User Guide.pdfEXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools